tyco-fire detection catalog-issue 5
TRANSCRIPT
Introduction
Welcome to Issue 5.2 of Tyco Safety Product’s Fire Product Catalogue of product available from our Letchworth UK DistributionCentre. We aim to make your product range as comprehensive as possible to ensure you never need go anywhere else. To meetthis goal, our product specialists, with your help, have selected the most appropriate, cost effective product range all available fornext day delivery.
In line with our ISO 9000 accreditation, only those products that meet the highest quality criteria have been included.
Our warehouse is one of the largest Fire & Security product distribution centres inEurope. Our goal is to despatch product on the same day as we receive yourorder. Our warranty and service returns policy is second to none. We recognisethat your business is highly dependant on excellence in customer service and tohelp achieve this we offer extended warranty from many of our suppliers. Full creditis also available on a “No Question – No Fuss” basis for any new in-warrantyproduct returned to the distribution centre.
Our training department offers comprehensive sales, design and engineering training onour complete range of products. We recommend you take advantage of this free ofcharge service. As always, training can be undertaken any time, anywhere to suit yourbusiness needs. Contact our telephone Help Line for further information.
Tyco Safety Product’s Web site contains an endless supply of product relatedinformation. It is regularly updated and features many aids to the selling processincluding presentation material, independent product test results and detailedtechnical information.
Our web site can be found at www.tycosafetyproducts-europe.com
To enhance customer specifications and quotations we also provide a series of productdatasheets which can give our clients an opportunity to read more about the product.We are positive that together we can help grow your business and we look forward toworking with you in the future.
For further details on this catalogue, contact our customer telephone Help Line on +44 1932 74 3327.
Con
ten
t P
ag
e
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
Content Page
Page 2
3 Tyco MX Technology4 MX Detection Panels
16 MX Panel Components23 MX Panel User Interface Modules29 MX Addressable Input/Output Modules33 MX Ancillary Housings & Labels36 MX Programming and Service Tools37 MX Technology Software Applications40 MX Graph and MX Net46 MX Solo Detection Panels
48 Conventional Detection Panels59 Conventional Marine Panels62 Batteries, PSU’s and Door Release Units
65 MX Virtual Multi Sensor Detectors71 Series 600 Conventional Detectors76 Detector Bases and Accessories
78 Functional Detector Bases80 Detector Ancillaries
84 Duct Probe Air Sampling85 Vesda Aspirating Smoke Detection92 Vesda Pipe and Fittings95 Special Hazards
96 Flame Detectors For Hazardous Areas101 System 800 Intrinsically
Safe Addressable Point Detection104 System 620 Intrinsically Safe Conventional
Point Detection110 I.S. Barriers & Housings
112 Beam and Linear Heat Detection116 Detector Test Equipment118 Callpoints126 Minerva Range of Sounders
134 Minerva Firecryer Voice Sounder136 Fulleon Range of Sounders
141 Visual Indicators145 Auxiliary Interface Relays and
Housings146 Miscellaneous FIre Products147 Datwyler Fire Resistant Cable148 Water Leak Detection Systems
CONTENTS
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
Chapter 1- Tyco MX Technology
Page 3
MX
Tech
nolo
gy
Tyco MX TechnologyTyco MX Technology brings together the latest fire detection technology from around the world into a comprehensiveinternational range of fire detection systems. Tyco MX Technology can be used to provide cost effective solutions onsmall fire detection systems whilst also providing the features and functions required on very large commercial andindustrial sites.
MX Technology
Features• MX VIRTUAL multi-sensor detectors• MX DIGITAL robust & reliable high speed loop protocol• Rapid response to fire conditions and very low false
alarms through:• MX FASTLOGIC detection algorithms• MX HPO detection algorithms• MX CCO fire detection
Tyco MX Technology is being made available on a widerange of internationally approved panels and systemsavailable from Tyco companies world-wide including:
• MINERVA MX PANELS• MINERVA MARINE T2000 PANELS• ZETTLER EXPERT PANELS• MINERVA SOLO PANELS
MX
Fir
e D
ete
cti
on
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
Page 4
MX Detection Panels Tyco MX detection panels use all the features of Tyco MX Technology to provide the latest fire detection technologymeeting the latest worldwide standards in cost-effective, expandable packages.
Tyco MX detection panels support Tyco MX Technology:
• MX VIRTUAL Multi-sensor detectors• MX DIGITAL high speed reliable digital protocol• MX FASTLOGIC fuzzy logic smoke detection algorithms• MX CCO universal carbon monoxide fire detection
algorithms
Tyco MX detection panels provide modular costeffective solutions:
• Networked panels from 1 to 792 detection loops• Powerful central loop processing functions• Powerful and modular user interface• MX REMOTE diagnostics and service functions• MX GRAPH graphical user interfaces• Designer and modular housing options
Tyco MX detection panels provide long term fire detectionsolutions including upgrade paths from earlier panelmodels and a long term develop-ment strategy providingfuture upgrade paths.
Tyco MX detection panels include:
• MINERVA MX for EN54 LPCB approved systems• ZETTLER EXPERT for EN54 LPCB & VdS approved
systems• MINERVA EXPERT T2000 for Marine approved systems
Tyco MX detection panels include a powerful userinterface:
• 640 Character display• Displays first alarm and most recent alarm• Permanently displays systems status including number
of alarms, number of faults, number of isolated points• Scroll function allows details of all events and status to
be easily viewed• Displays temperature, CO level and smoke level at point
in alarm
• Displays 95 character custom messages for emergencyprocedures
Tyco MX panels include advanced manager andengineer functions including:
• Menu driven• Multi-level password protected• Viewing 3000 event log• Detailed fault reporting• Isolate by point, zone or sector• Viewing and printing status• Viewing and printing isolated points• Manual and automatic walk test and reporting functions• Viewing and printing maintenance reports• Extensive diagnostic functions including simulation and
force outputs• Text and configuration changes/Automatic battery test• Detector service functions
Tyco MX detection panels include very powerfulevent/action programming including:
• Seamless network wide event/action• 240 x 240 Output map and output sequencing
algorithms• Over 1500 event/action groups for the most complex
applications• Templates for fast programming of standard applications
including:- EN54/BS5839- EN54/VdS- EN54 Marine
• User defined templates• Time, date and special day programming• Wide range of co-incidence, double knock and delay
functions
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
Page 5
MX
2 P
an
els
Minerva MX2 Range The Minerva MX2 range of panels are intelligent LPCBEN54 compliant panels, which can be networked toprovide up to 396 detection loops and installed toBS5839:Pt1 2002
The MX2 design philosophy is to have a single panelhousing that incorporates all the necessary componentsrequired to satisfy the most comprehensive ofspecifications. Additional matching ancillary housings canaccommodate a range of standard modules, adjacent toor remote from the main controller.
There are six control panels in the range with an MX2number that designates the number of loops, zonal LEDfitted and housing type.
• MX2 supports one or two MX DIGITAL detection loopwith up to 250 addressable devices per loop.
• MX2 loop panels can be expanded to four loopssupporting up to 1000 addressable devices.
• MX2 consists of a strong steel enclosure incorporatinga removable chassis plate. The chassis plate holds:
• PSB820 5A 24Vdc battery back power supply and loopbooster to EN54:pt.4.
• FIM800 field interface PCB incorporating one or two MXDIGITAL loops.
• CPU800 32 bit processor and memory card• Optional network card, additional loop card(s) and
remote diagnostic modem• Optional IOB800 input/output expansion card mounted
on the PSB800
The panel has a removable steel front door, whichincorporates the MX user interface and optional zonalLED’s. The user interface has a 16 x 40-character backlitLCD display, simple alphanumeric keypad and 5 softkeys.All mandatory operator controls are provided with LEDfunctions including Day/Night switching. One control keyand 2 status indication LEDs are provided for site-specificfunctions.
Product Codes557.200.200 MX2-100 One loop shallow housing557.200.201 MX2-200 Two loop shallow housing557.200.202 MX2-110 One loop c/w LEDs shallow
housing557.200.203 MX2-210 Two loop c/w LEDs shallow
housing557.200.204 MX2-201 Two loop deep housing557.200.205 MX2-211 two loop c/w LEDs deep
housing 557.200.206 MX2-R Repeater c/w LEDs and
addressable PSU shallow housing557.200.207 MX2-XB0 Expansion Box Shallow557.200.208 MX2-XB1 Expansion Box Deep557.200.209 MX2-FB Panel/repeater flush mounting
bezel557.200.210 MX2-FBX Expansion box flush mounting
bezel557.202.007 XLM800 Loop expansion module557.202.026 TLI800 MXNet network node
interface module
557.202.021 ANN840 LED Annunciator 40 way bi-colour
557.202.022 ANN880 LED Annunciator 80 way557.202.020 COM820 Status command module 20
way557.202.024 PRN800 In-built thermal printer
(expansion box)557.201.209 MX2 Dual power supply kit557.201.211 Ancillary/expansion board mounting kit 557.201.210 Dual Power Supply mounting kit557.202.206 MX battery expansion aperture
installation kit.557.202.204 MX2 Battery housing557.202.205 MX2 Battery and Expansion Housing
(65AH)557.202.209 MX2 LCD Assembly (Spare)
MX
Pa
ne
ls
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
Page 6
MINERVA MX1000 & MX4000The MINERVA MX panels are intelligent LPCB EN54approved panels, which can be networked to provide up to792 detection loops and installed to BS5839:Pt.1.
• The MX1000 supports one MX DIGITAL detection loopwith up to 250 addressable devices.
• The MX4000 supports two MX DIGITAL detection loopsand can be expanded to eight loops supporting up to1000 addressable devices.
• The MX1000 and MX4000 each provide up to 240 zonesof detection
Both panels consist of a strong steel enclosureincorporating a removable chassis plate. The chassis plateholds:
• PSB800 5A 24Vdc battery backed power supply andloop booster to EN54:pt.4
• FIM800 field interface PCB incorporating one or two MXDIGITAL loops
• CPU800 32 bit processor and memory card• Optional network card, additional loop card (s) and
remote diagnostic modem• Optional IOB800 input/output expansion card mounted
on the PSB800
The panel has a strong cast aluminium front door, whichincorporates a modular user interface that fully complieswith EN54:pt.2. The user interface incorporates theODM800 operator display module with a 16 x 40-characterbacklit LCD display, simple alphanumeric keypad, 5softkeys. The OCM800 operator control module providesall mandatory operator control keys and LED functionsincluding Day/Night switching. Two control keys and 2indication LEDs are provided for site-specific functions.Control keys and LEDs are labelled in English according tothe default LPCB functionality. The slide in decals can bereversed and alternative text added.
A maximum of 1200 digital INPUT/OUTPUT points can beprovided via expansion boards connected to the remotebus.
Features• Compact• MX Technology Digital Loop• LPCB Approved
Product CodesStandard Panels557.200.001 MX1000 Single Loop Panel – Shallow
Back Box557.200.020 MX1000 Single Loop Panel- Shallow
Back Box - DANISH557.200.021 MX1000 Single Loop Panel- Shallow
Back Box - DANISH/ENGLISH557.200.002 MX1000 Single loop panel - Flush Back
Box557.200.003 MX4000 Two to Four Loop Panel –
Shallow Back Box557.200.022 MX4000 Two to Four Loop Panel -
Shallow Back Box - DANISH557.200.023 MX4000 Two to Four Loop Panel -
Shallow Back Box - DANISH/ENGLISH557.200.004 MX4000 Two to Eight Loop Panel – Deep
Back Box557.200.009 MX4000 Two to Four Loop Panel - Flush
Back Box
Options557.202.006 IOB-800 (8in/8out) expansion board
(Max. 24 I/O on main panel 8in/16out)557.202.007 XLM-MX two loop MX DIGITAL
expansion card557.202.026 TLI-800 ThornNet & MX-NET network
card557.202.036 Remote Diagnostic Modem557.202.116 Modem Lead557.202.118 MX CONSYS download lead
MX
Ba
ttery &
Exp
an
sio
n/H
ou
sin
gs
Battery & Expansion BoxesThe batteries and any additional zone LED’s or operatorcontrols and fireman’s interface are mounted in a separatehousing which can be mounted below the main panel orbehind the panel. The matching battery and expansion boxis available with shallow (17Ah) or deep backbox (38Ah)according to the batteries used.
The chassis plate in the battery box also has space for upto 2 x IOB800 input/output expansion modules (maximum24 I/O) or 1 x MX FILNET or 1 x PSM/PSB800.
Product Codes557.200.005 MX-BBX 17Ah shallow expansion and
battery box557.200.019 MX-BBX-F 17Ah shallow flush expansion
and battery box557.200.006 MX-DPBX 38Ah deep expansion and
battery box. Certain popular configurations areavailable with the zone LED modules pre-fitted.
557.200.007 MX-BBX-40LED 17Ah battery box with 40 zone LEDs
557.200.008 MX-DPBBX-40LED 38Ah battery box with40 Zone LEDS.
Where no additional controls are requiredthe low cost MX-BATT battery box can beused for housing up to 38Ah batteriesand IOB800 boards.Dimension (mm) 322H x 442W x 217D.
557.200.016 MX-BATT Deep battery box572.065 MX/ZX Rack Mounting Kit for standard
19” racks
For Marine Applications - the following optional housingand accessories are available.:-
MARINE HOUSING OPTIONS
557.180.406 MINERVA Marine Terminal Chamber557.180.454 MINERVA Marine Bulkhead Mount
MARINE ACCESSORIES
557.180.452 MINERVA Marine 19” rack mounting kitfor use with surface mounting housings
557.180.022 MINERVA terminal chamber PCBassembly
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
Page 7
• Compact• Low Cost Option• Rack Mounting Kit
Features
Minerva MX RepeatersThe MINERVA MX full function repeater is an EN54 LPCBapproved repeater with optional addressable EN54:Pt.4power supply. The repeater consists of a steel backboxand cast aluminium front door which incorporates theODM800 operator display module with a 16 x 40-characterbacklit LCD display, simple alphanumeric keypad and 5softkeys. The OCM800 operator control module providesall mandatory operator control keys and LED functionsincluding Day/Night switching. One control key and 2indication LEDs are provided for site-specific functions.
Control keys and LEDs are labelled in English according tothe default LPCB functionality. The slide in decals can bereversed and alternative text added.
Two power supply options are available for repeaters. TheMXR incorporates an RSM800 repeater supply module forconnection to a 24 Vdc supply. Or the MXR-PSU whichincorporates a PSM800 power supply module forconnection to a 120-240Vac mains supply and an APM800addressable power monitor for connection to an MXaddressable loop, providing power supply monitoring inaccordance with EN54-pt.4.
The back box has a removable chassis plate with eitherthe RSM800 or the PSM800 power supply. APM800addressable PSU monitor and space for 2 x 7 Ah batteriesto provide 72 h backup.
The MINERVA MX repeater is connected to the Panel viathe remote bus (RS485, 1200 m distance). A maximum of7 repeaters (including one MX REMOTE repeater) can belinked to each MINERVA MX panel and can provide fullrepeater functions for all panels on the system.
The operator control module (OCM800) can support up to80 inputs and outputs in the form of LED annunciators,IOB800 input/output modules, or com 820 command modules.
Features• Fully Functional• Flush or Surface Mounting• Fully Monitored
Product CodesStandard Repeaters557.200.012 MXR Repeater with shallow backbox
(24Vdc)557.200.017 MXR-F Repeater with flush backbox
(24Vdc)557.200.013 MXR-PSU Repeater and addressable
PSU (120-240 Vac)557.200.018 MXR-PSU-F Repeater and addressable
PSU with flush backbox (120-240Vac)
Options557.202.006 IOB-800 (8in/8out) expansion board557.180.005 Mimic driver module557.180.016 XIOM universal I/O module557.202.028 RSM800 PSU Module (24Vdc)
MX
Re
pe
ate
rs
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 8
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 9
MX
Bla
ck
Box P
an
els
MX4000 and ZX4 Black Box Panels
For situations where a networked MX TechnologyTM panel isnot required to have a user interface an MX4000 or ZX4black box panel can be used. Black box panels consist ofsteel back boxes which house the FIM, processor board,power supply and optional network card and expansionloop card. The front cover is of steel construction and hasa simple status display panel giving LED indication ofalarm, fault, power and system fault.
MX4000 or ZX4 black box panels are full featured MXTechnologyTM panels designed to be used on networkedsystems in situations where a local user interface is notrequired.
Technical SpecificationDIMENSIONS (mm) 640H X 440W X 230DAprox weight: 16KgColour, housing & front cover: Dawn Grey (BS 4800 10A) Operating Temp: Range -8°C to +55°CStorage Temp: -20°C to +70°CRelative Humidity: 95% non condensingSupply voltage: 120 to 240 VacInput current: 0.8 to 1.6AMax. chargedcurrent: 3,8A (dependant on
standby current)
Features• 2 MX/ZX detection loops as standard• Expandable to 8 loops using XLM800• Same loop power capability of standard MX4000 and ZX4
panel/Reduces the cost of network systems• Uses either Filnet or MXNet networks (network card
supplied separately)• Create a system of distributed loops to reduce installation
costs• Alarm, fault, power and system fault status display• Single deep surface mount enclosure• Integral power supply and space for 38AH batteries• Distributed power supplies reduce cabling costs• On board dual sounder circuits/Printer support at each
black box• Fully featured and supported remote bus at each black
box-drive repeaters and mimic displays• Download MX-/ZXConsys configurations from any panel or
black box on the network
Product Codes557.200.027 MX4000 Black Box Panel 2 loop542.098 ZX4 Black Box Panel 2 loop
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
MINERVA Expert T2000 Marine Detection PanelThe T2000 is a fully Marine approved EN54 compliant 1 to8 loop networkable detection panel. The T2000 supportstwo Tyco MX DIGITAL detection loops and can beexpanded to eight loops supporting up to 1000addressable devices. The T2000 consists of a strongstainless steel or mild steel Marine approved enclosureincorporating the above stated features.
The panel has a strong cast aluminium front door, whichincorporates a modular user interface that fully complieswith EN54 pt2. The user interface incorporates the ODM800operator display module with a 16 x 40-character backlitLCD display, simple alphanumeric keypad and 5 softkeys.
The OCM800 operator control module provides allmandatory operator control keys and LED functionsincluding Day/Night switching. One control key and 2indication LEDs are provided for vessel specific functions.Control keys and LEDs are labelled in English according tothe default Marine functionality. The slide in decals can bereversed and alternative text added.
The batteries and any additional zone LED’s or operatorcontrols are mounted in a separate housing which can bemounted below the main panel or behind the panel. Thebattery box has a heavy duty backbox and battery clamp.The chassis plate in the battery box also has space for upto 2 x IOB800 input/output expansion modules (maximum24 I/O) or 1 x PSM/PSB800.
Features• PSB800M 5A 24V DC battery backed power supply and
loop booster to EN54pt4• FIM800 field interface PCB incorporating one or two MX
DIGITAL loops• CPU800 32 bit processor and memory card• Optional network card and additional loop card(s) • Optional approved Mild-Steel Enclosure
Product Codes557.200.600 T2000 Two To Eight Loop Marine Panel
(Stainless steel enclosure)557.200.602 T2000B Battery Box
(Stainless steel enclosure)557.200.603 T2000 B80 Battery Box c/w 80 way LED
ANN880(Stainless steel enclosure)
557.200.610 T2000 Standard Two to Eight LoopMarine Panel (Mild steel enclosure)
557.200.605 T2000 BM Battery Box(Mild steel enclosure)
557.201.216 T2000 XLM 8-Loop Mounting Kit
T2000 M
ari
ne
Pa
ne
l
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 10
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 11
T2000 M
arin
e R
ep
ea
ter
MINERVA EXPERT T2000 Marine RepeaterThe T2000 full function repeater is an EN54 Marineapproved repeater with optional addressable EN54:Pt.4power supply. The repeater consists of a steel backboxand cast aluminium front door which incorporates theODM800 operator display module with a 16 x 40-characterbacklit LCD display, simple alphanumeric keypad and 5softkeys. The OCM800 operator control module providesall mandatory operator control keys and LED functionsincluding Day/Night switching. One control key and 2indication LEDs are provided for vessel-specific functions.
Control keys and LEDs are labelled in English according tothe default Marine functionality. The slide in decals can bereversed and alternative text added.
The back box has a removable chassis plate with thePSM800M power supply, APM800 addressable PSUmonitor and space for 2 x 7 Ah batteries to provide 72hbackup.
The T2000 repeater with Power Supply is connected to thePanel via the remote bus (RS485, 1200 m distance). Amaximum of x 7 repeaters (including one MX REMOTErepeater) can be linked to each T2000 panel and canprovide full repeater functions for all panels on the system.
The operator control module (OCM800) can support up to80 inputs and outputs in the form of LED annunciators,IOB800 input/output modules or COM800 commandmodules.
Features• Fully Functional• Optional Approved Mild Steel Enclosure• Fully Monitored R-Bus
Product Codes557.200.601 T2000R Marine Repeater with Power
Supply Unit 240Vac(Stainless steel enclosure)
557.200.604 T2000R Marine Repeater without Power Supply Unit 24Vdc(Stainless steel enclosure)
557.200.611 T2000R Standard Marine Repeater with Power Supply Unit 240Vac (Mild steel enclosure)
557.200.612 T2000R Standard Marine Repeater without Power Supply Unit 24Vdc (Mild steel enclosure)
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
ZETTLER Expert 1000 & 4000The ZETTLER EXPERT panels are intelligent LPCB & VdScertified EN54 panels, which can be networked to provideup to 512 detection loops. The panel has twin strong castaluminium front doors, which incorporates a modular userinterface that fully complies with EN54:pt.2. The userinterface incorporates the ODM800 operator displaymodule with a 16 x 40-character backlit LCD display, simplealphanumeric keypad, 5 softkeys. The OCM800 operatorcontrol module provides all mandatory operator controlkeys and LED functions including Day/Night switching.Four control keys and 4 indication LEDs are provided forsite-specific functions.
Control keys and LEDs are labelled in German according tothe default VdS functionality. The slide in decals can bereversed and alternative text added.
The batteries and any additional zone LED’s or operatorcontrols are mounted in the lower section of the doublehousing which can take 38Ah batteries. The chassis platein the battery lower section also has space for up to 2 xIOB800 input/output expansion modules (maximum 24 I/O)or a TUD800 German Fire Brigade transmission unit.The battery section can have one or two 40 way zoneindicators (ANN840) mounted in the front door.
Features• The ZX1 supports one Tyco MX DIGITAL detection loop
with up to 250 addressable devices or 128 for VdScertified installations.
• The ZX4 supports two Tyco MX DIGITAL detection loopsand can be expanded to eight loops supporting up to1000 addressable devices or 512 devices for VdScertified installations.Both panels consist of a strong deep steel enclosureincorporating two removable chassis plates. The upperchassis plate holds:
• PSB800 5A 24V DC battery backed power supply andloop booster to EN54:pt.4
• FIM800 field interface PCB incorporating one or two MXDIGITAL loops
• CPU800 32 bit processor and memory card• Optional network card, additional loop card (s) and
remote diagnostic modem
Product CodesStandard Panels542.080 ZX1 – 1 Loop Panel Deep542.081 ZX4 – 2 - 8 Loop Panel Deep Options542.006 IOB-800 (8in/8out) expansion board
(Max. 24 I/O on main panel 8 in/16 out)542.007 XLM-MX two loop MX DIGITAL
expansion card542.010 TUD-800 German Transmission Unit 542.025 MX-FIL FILNET network card542.026 TLI800 MX-NET Network card542.036 Remote Diagnostic Modem542.008 Modem lead542.011 MX CONSYS Download lead
Ze
ttle
r E
xpe
rt P
an
els
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 12
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 13
Ze
ttler E
xpe
rt Re
pe
ate
rs
ZETTLER Expert RepeatersThe ZETTLER EXPERT full function repeater is an EN54LPCB & VdS certified repeater with optional addressableEN54:Pt.4 power supply. The repeater consists of a steelbackbox and cast aluminium front door which incorporatesthe ODM800 operator display module with a 16 x 40-character backlit LCD display, simple alphanumerickeypad, 5 softkeys. The OCM800 operator control moduleprovides all mandatory operator control keys and LEDfunctions including Day/Night switching.Control keys andLEDs are labelled in German according to the default VdSfunctionality. The slide in decals can be reversed andalternative text added.
The back box has a removable chassis plate with thePSM800 power supply, APM800 addressable PSU monitorand space for 2 x 7 Ah batteries to provide 72 h backup.The ZETTLER EXPERT Repeater with Power Supply isconnected to the Panel via the remote bus (RS485, 1200 mdistance). A maximum of 7 repeaters (including one MXREMOTE repeater) can be linked to each ZETTLEREXPERT panel and can provide full repeater functions forall panels on the system.
The operator control module (OCM800) can support up to80 inputs and outputs in the form of LED annunciatorsand IOB800 in/output modules.
Features• Fully Functional • Monitored Data Bus• Matches Panel Operater Interface
Product CodesStandard Repeaters 542.084 ZXF Repeater with shallow backbox
(24Vdc)542.085 ZXFEV Repeater and addressable PSU
(120-220 Vac)542.087 ZXFEV - UP repeater complete with
PSU-FLS (120-220Vac)
Options542.006 IOB-800 (8in/8out) expansion board542.044 RSM 800 PSU Module (24Vdc)
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
MX Detection Panels - Technical Specifications & System Schematics
MX
Pa
ne
l S
pe
cif
ica
tion
s
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 14
MX Detection Panels - Designer Housing Technical Specification
Shallow Housing Flush Shallow Housing Deep Housing Marine
Dimensions (mm) 320Hx440Wx120D 380Hx500Wx120D 320Hx440Wx215D 320Hx440Wx135D
Approx Weight 7Kg 7.2Kg 8Kg 14Kg
Temperature (Storage) -20oC to +70oC -20oC to +70oC -20oC to +70oC -20oC to +70oC
Temperature (Operating) -8oC to +55oC -8oC to +55oC -8oC to +55oC -8oC to +55oC
Humidity up to 95% RH, Non-Condensing
Colour (Housing) Dawn Grey (BS 4800 10A - 03)
Colour (Modules) Pantone 431C
EMC/RFI EN 50130-4
Shock EN 54-2
Vibration EN 54-2
MX2 Detection Panels Technical Specification
Panel Shallow Housing Panel Deep Housing Expansion Housing Expansion Housing
Shallow Deep
Dimensions (MM) 580H x 458W x 129D 580H x 458W x 209D 357Hx 458W x 129D 357H x 458W x 209D
Approx Weight 12.7kg 15.2kg 6.2kg 7.5kg
Temperate (storage) -20 °C to + 70°C
Temperate (operating) -5°C to +55 °C
Humidity Up to 90 % RH Non Condensing
Colour (Housing) Dawn Grey (BS4800 10A-03)
Colour (Modules) Pantone 431C
EMC/RFI EN50130-4 EN61000-6-3
IP Rating IP30
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 15
MX
Sch
em
atic
s
DESIGNER HOUSING SCHEMATIC24VdcNon-Resettable
24VdcResettable
Field I/O Network PC/Modem
Printer
Loop C
Loop A
Loop D
Loop B
TLI
CPU
FIM
XLM
PSB
110-240Va.c.
RBus
ODM
OCM
XBus
IOBTUD/IOB
17 or 38Ah 17 or 38Ah
ANN880ANN840or COM820
ANN880ANN840or COM820
MPM
Remote bus up to 15 addresses a combination ofup to 7 x OCM and 15 x MPM Maximum
PSB/PSM
MXFILNET
BATTERY & EXPANSION HOUSING
MAIN PANEL HOUSING
FRONTDOOR
FRONTDOOR
MX2 SchematicNETWORK
FIELDI/O 110-240 Vac
MAIN PANEL HOUSING FRONT DOOR
DCM
ANN881
PSB
TLO
CPU
PRINTER
PC MODEM
NETWORK
24Vdc
17AH OR 38AH 17AH OR 38AH
RBUS
FIM
XLMLOOP A
LOOP B
LOOP C
LOOP D
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
MX Panel ComponentsThese modules provide the core components of the MX/ZX range of fire controllers, the modules include CPU, fieldinterface, loop expanison PSU’s and I/O boards.
CPU Expert Central ProcessorThe CPU-800 provides the main processing power behindthe MX detection panels. It is a multi-layer PCB andcontains the CPU, the memory and interface electronics.The CPU-800 plugs into the Field Interface Module(FIM800).
The CPU-800 contains a Data Memory (SRAM), a ProgramMemory (Flash EPROM), a Configuration Memory (FlashEPROM) and a Boot ROM (EPROM). The use of flashEPROM allows program upgrades without the need forchanging chips.
Technical Specification32 bit Processor: Motorola 68331Data Memory SRAM: 1 MByteProg. Memory Flash EPROM: 2 MByteConfig. Memory Flash EPROM: 1 MbyteBoot EPROM: 64 kByteNumber of serial Interfaces: 4Quiescent Current: 67mAAlarm Current: 67mA
Features• Full alarm and fault monitoring for up to 1000
addressable points including central loop processing ofMX Fastlogic expert algorithms
• Concurrent operation of the main user interface and 2remote user interfaces including one remote dial up ornetworked user interface
• Cause and core effect using up to 1000 input, outputgroups, delay timers and logic functions
Product Codes557.202.002 (Spare only) CPU800 standard MX central
processor UK542.002 (Spare only) CPU800 standard MX central
processor EUROPE
MX
CP
U800
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 16
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 17
MX
FIM
800FIM800 Field Interface Module
The Field Interface Module FIM is the main interface forfield wiring on MX detection panels and contains plug-infield wiring terminals, inter board connectors, EMCprotectors and filters and general I/O electronics. The FIM801 provides 1 x MX DIGITAL loop and the FIM802provides 2 x MX DIGITAL loops. Each MX DIGITAL loopcan support several kilometres of loop wiring using amixed topology using multiple loops and spurs.
The FIM provides up to 495mA of loop power to each loopto drive loop powered sounders and other loop powerdevices. An optional plug-in additional loop cards(XLM800-MX) provide up to 8 x MX Digital loops.
The FIM incorporates the following local I/O connections:• 2 x reverse polarity monitored sounder outputs• 2 x volt free outputs (Default alarm and fault)• 1 monitored input (eg. Day/Night changeover)• 1 emergency alarm input• 1 unmonitored input (eg. Class Change or Tamper)• Full monitoring of PSB800 power supply• Ground fault monitoring
The FIM incorporates a local I/O bus which allows the localI/O connections to be increased by 24. A variety of I/Oexpansion boards are available including:• IOB800 (8 in/8 out) expansion board • TUD800 German Transmission Unit
The FIM includes two connections to the RBUS one for thelocal user interface and one for connecting up to 15remote addresses in the form of up to 2 x operator controlmodules (OCM800) or up to 15 multi-purpose modules(MPM800).
The FIM provides 3 configurable external serial ports :• Port 1 Local printer• Port 2 Configuration PC or remote
diagnostics and upload/download modem
• Port 3 FSI open protocol or Network card/gateway (TLI-800 or MX-FIL)
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 25H x 105W x 196D mmWeight: 156gPower Consumption: 119mA (Quiescent -
excluding loops and operator interface)169mA (Alarm)
Relay Outputs: 30Vdc @ 2AMonitored inputs: 10k Ohm EOL, 3KHz in parallelRBUS: RS-485 , default 19.6kB, up
to 1200mSerial Ports: RS232C, 19.6kB, up to 10mLocal I/O Expansion: Up to 2 modules, up to 24
`I/O, max. 300mm
Features• Interfaces to CPU & XLM modules• 3 Download/Network & Printer ports • Up to 2 MX Loops
Product Codes557.202.000 FIM801 field interface module with one
MX loop driver UK557.202.001 FIM802 field interface module with two
MX loop drivers UK542.000 FIM801 field interface module with one
MX loop driver EUROPE542.001 FIM802 field interface module with two
MX loop drivers EUROPE557.180.053 MX RBUS Driver chip (spare)
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
MX Loop Expansion ModuleThe XLM800 Loop Expansion Module fits “piggyback” styleonto the FIM or an existing XLM 800 and is used to:• Expand the capability of the MX4000 C.I.E. two loopsystem to eight loops• Replace the FIM loops in case of a failure on either a twoor four loop system.
The XLM800 Loop Expansion Module controls thecommunications between the detectors (and otherancillaries) connected on the 2-wire loop circuits and thecontroller. In addition, the addressable interface containsline isolation circuits which protect the loop driver circuitfrom short-circuit conditions.
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 17.5H x 104W x 196DmmBattery Requirements: Standby 104.3mA+loop current
Alarm105.3mA + loop currentLoop Current 495mA maximum
Features• MX Digital Loop Protocol• Extensive Loop Protection• Interfaced to FIM 800 module
Product CodesUK EUROPE557.202.007 542.007XLM-MX Two Loop MX Digital Expansion Card
MX
XLM
800
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 18
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 19
MX
MP
M800
MPM800 Multi Purpose Interface ModuleThe MPM800 is used to provide various expansioncapabilities via the remote bus (RBUS). The MPM800 isprovided as a standalone module but is also incorporatedinto the circuitry of the OCM800 operator control module todrive the LCD display, LEDs, keyswitch and keys on theOCM800 and the operator display module. The OCM800and MPM800 have an XBUS which can be used to driveup to 80 I/O. The MPM800 also has a printer interface forconnecting to a serial or parallel printer.
An additional printer driver kit is required to allow theMPM800 to drive a printer - a serial isolation moduleshould be used to eliminate earth fault indications causedby some mains connected printers.
Up to 15 x MPM modules can be connected to each panelof which 8 can be in the form of OCM800 (including themain OCM800 user interface). One OCM800 can also be inthe form of an emulated user interface on a remote PCconnected via the network or dial up modem.The following I/O and LED annunciator modules can beslaved from an MPM800:
• Up to 5 x IOB800 (8 in/8 out expansion board)• Up to 5 x XIOM800 (16 way universal I/O board)• One Mimic Panel (80 way LED mimic driver PCB)• One 80 way ANN880 LED mimic**• One 40 way ANN840 LED mimic using red
& yellow LEDs**• Two 20 way COM820 LED status/command modules**
The MPM800 is mounted by plugging directly onto theback of those items marked **
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 25.4H x 92W x 167.64D mmWeight: 98gPower Supply: 24Vdc (from PSB or PSM800)Power Consumption: 35mA (Quiescent)
68mA Alarm – subject to I/O modules fitted
Communications: RS-485, up to 19.6kBPrinter Connection: Serial or Parallel
Features• Drives up to 80 I/O points• Direct Interface to Zonal Displays and other
Modules• Interfaces to FIM Board
Product CodesUK EUROPE557.202.012 542.012MPM800 multi-purpose interface module 557.202.117 542.009Serial printer cable for MPM800 or FIM800557.180.052 572.039Serial Printer Driver Kit
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
MX
Pow
er
Su
pp
ly U
nit
s
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 20
PSM800 and PSB800 Power SuppliesThe MX power PSU800 and PBS800 supply module usedfor the MX/ZX Range of fire controllers based on thedesigner housing (not MX2) is a state-of-the-art integratedswitch mode system power supply and battery charger,which can provide up to 5A external and auxiliary looppower during alarm conditions. It has a universal inputallowing operation from 100 to 255 Va.c., 50 or 60 Hz. Thepower supply is approved worldwide to EN54, UL864 andMarine standards.
The charging voltage is temperature compensated. ThePSM recharges the batteries within 24 h for the followingtimings:• 90h stand by time and 15 min. alarm condition• 72h stand by time and 30min. alarm conditionThe power supply provides full condition and faultmonitoring to the system via the FIM (used by the PSB800)or addressable power supply monitor APM800 (used by thePSM800). The PSB800 incorporates the LBM800 boostermodule to provide the correct voltage levels to maximisethe performance of the MX DIGITAL protocol.
Faults signals (Loss of AC, Battery charger fault, Batteryfault) and control inputs (Battery test, Output reset) areprovided. Battery voltage and charger current readings arealso provided to the FIM or APM for automatic batterytesting.
Screw terminals provide 2 x 24V outputs (24 V stabilised,24V stabilised with reset control) and one 5V output.The power supply is fitted in a steel cage with mountingpoints to allow any of the following boards to be mounted:• APM800 addressable power supply monitor• FB800 fuse board with 15 x 24Vdc fused spurs• IOB800 input/output expansion board
A PSB 800K Power Expansion Kit is required to power theXLM 800 pcb on 4 loop systems which require theextended loop power capability. It consists of a PSM800power supply module, an APM 800 addressable monitormodule, a battery connecting cable and an XLM800 toAPM800 connecting cable and may be fitted onto thechassis plate in the battery housing.
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 50H x 114W x 190D mmWeight: 0.9KgInput Voltage: 120-240 Vrms, 50/60Hz
(Auto ranging)Input Current: 0.8-1.6ARMS Rated LoadMax. charge current : Up to 3.8A (dependant on
standby current)Max. battery size(24hr charge): 38AhMax. total supply current: 5A@24Vdc Maximum external current:4A@24VdcOutput Voltages: 24Vdc
(22.8 -26.4V)Non-resettable: 24Vdc @ 4AResettable: 24Vdc @ 4A
5Vdc @ 3APower Consumption: PSB - 90mA
(quiescent & alarm)PSM - 65mA(quiescent & alarm)
Features• Universal Input Voltage• Temperature Compensated• Full Fault Monitoring
Product CodesUK EUROPE557.200.014 542.088MXAPSU17 Boxed Addressable PSU (17Ah) 557.200.015 542.089MXAPSU38 Boxed Addressable PSU (38Ah)
Options557.202.003 542.003PSM800 Power Supply Only557.202.403 NAPSM800M Marine approved power supply557.202.005 542.005PSB800 Panel Power Supply c/w Loop Booster557.202.405 NAPSB800M Marine Panel Power Supply (spare)557.202.027 572.018APM800 Addressable Power Supply Monitor557.202.050 NAPSM800 Temp. Sensor Accessory kit557.202.040 542.045PSB800K Power Expansion kit557.202.043PSB800MK Marine Power Expansion kit.557.202.004LBM800 Spare Loop Voltage Booster PCB
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
Page 21
MX
2 P
ow
er S
up
ply U
nits
MX2 PSM820 and PSB820 Power SuppliesThe MX PSM820 and PSB820 power supply modules forMX2 Panels is a state-of-the-art integrated switch modesystem power supply and battery charger, which canprovide up to 5A external and auxiliary loop power duringalarm conditions. It has a universal input allowingoperation from 100 to 255 Va.c., 50 or 60 Hz.
The charging voltage is temperature compensated. ThePSM recharges the batteries within 24 h for the followingtimings:
• 90h stand by time and 15 min. alarm condition• 72h stand by time and 30min. alarm condition
The power supply provides full condition and faultmonitoring to the system via the FIM (used by the PSB820)or addressable power supply monitor APM800 (used bythe PSM820). The PSB820 incorporates the LBM800booster module to provide the correct voltage levels tomaximise the performance of the MX DIGITAL protocol.
Faults signals (Loss of AC, Battery charger fault, Batteryfault) and control inputs (Battery test, Output reset) areprovided. Battery voltage and charger current readings arealso provided to the FIM or APM for automatic batterytesting.
Screw terminals provide 2 x 24V outputs (24 V stabilised,24V stabilised with reset control) and one 5V output.The power supply is fitted in a steel cage with mountingpoints to allow any of the following boards to be mounted:
• APM800 addressable power supply monitor• FB800 fuse board with 15 x 24Vdc fused spurs• IOB800 input/output expansion board
The MX2 Dual Power Supply Kit is required to power theXLM 800 pcb on 4 loop systems which require theextended loop power capability. It consists of a PSM820power supply module, an APM 800 addressable monitormodule, a battery connecting cable and an XLM800 toAPM800 connecting cable and may be fitted onto the MX2controller housing.
Technical Specification
Features• Universal Input Voltage• Temperature Compensated• Full Fault Monitoring
Product Codes557.202.203 PSM820 Power Supply Only557.202.202 PSB820 Power Supply c/w Loop Booster557.202.027 APM800 Addressable Power Supply
Monitor557.202.050 PSM800 Temp. Sensor Accessory Kit557.201.209 MX2 Dual Power Supply Kit557.201.210 Dual Power Supply Mounting KIt
Dimensions: 63H x 132W x 231D mmWeight: 1.5KgInput Voltage: 120-240 Vrms, 50/60Hz
(Auto ranging)Input Current: 0.8-2RMS Rated LoadMax. charge current: Up to 3.8A (dependant on
standby current)Max. battery size(24hr charge): 38AhMax. total supply current: 5A@24Vdc Maximum external current:4A@24VdcOutput Voltages: 24Vdc
(22.8 -27.3V)Non-resettable: 24Vdc @ 2AResettable: 24Vdc @ 2A
5Vdc @ 3APower Consumption: PSB - 90mA
(quiescent & alarm)PSM - 90mA(quiescent & alarm)
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
MX
Pa
ne
l I/
O B
oa
rds
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 22
The Filnet Gateway is an EN54 Vdsapproved network gateway whichallows up to 64 MX Panels to benetworked onto a secure LON basedFILNET Network.The MX-FIL Gateway can bemounted in the designer battery boxon the chassis plate or the inside ofthe modular housing.
Technical Specification
Dimensions:135H x 280W x 35D mm
Weight (Approx): 330gSerial interfaces (electr. isolated): No. Interfaces: 1Parameters (coding plugs):
RS 232 / 422 / 485Baud Rates: ProgrammableLON-interface (incl. NIF):No. Interfaces: 2Parameter FTT 10 transceiverBaud Rate: 78 kbit/sVoltage Supply:From control panel or external PS:0V / +24VdcMonitoring with XPSUMB:
0V / +5V / +24Vdc
Power Consumption:External interface gateway type: 80 mADigital Outputs (short circuit proof):Number of opencollector outputs: 8
Current limitation: 50 mADigital Inputs (overvolt. prot):Number of electr.isolated inputs: 8
Series resistance to the opto-couplerLED 4.7 kohmInput voltage range 5 - 28 V
Product Code
UK EUROPE557.202.025 542.025MX-FIL Filnet Gateway
The IOB800 is an LPCB & Vdsapproved* board that provides 8opto-isolated digital inputs and 8 x24V d.c. relay outputs for providingI/O expansion capabilities to MXdetection panels for interfacing toother subsystems and signallingdevices. The IOB800 alsoincorporates a connector, whichprovides decoded signals for the 8inputs and 8 outputs for specialistinterfacing.
The IOB800 can be used to provideexpansion I/O to the following MXpanel components:. FIM801/802 field interface
modules (maximum 24 I/O8IN/16OUT)
. OCM800 operator controlmodules (maximum 80 I/O)
. MPM800 multi-purpose interface(maximum 80 I/O)
The IOB800 can be mounted in thetop of a battery box or repeater.The IOB800 has two expansion busconnectors which allow them to bedaisy chained together.
Technical Specification
Dimensions: 15H X 164W X80D mmWeight: 153gPower Consumption: 29mA(Quiescent) 65mA(Maximum)Terminations: 1.5mm
Product Code
UK EUROPE557.202.006 542.006IOB800 Expansion Board and cables
The TUD800 is a VdS approved*input/output module specificallydesigned for interfacing theZETTLER EXPERT panels to theGerman Fire Brigade equipment.The TUD800 takes the place of anIOB800 when used and is typicallymounted in the deepbattery/expansion box.
Technical Specification
Dimensions: 15H x 164W x80D mmWeight: 153gPower Consumption: 29mA(Quiescent)
65mA (Alarm)
Product CodeEUROPE542.010TUD800 German Transmission Unit
The FB800 fuse board providesterminations for 15 fused 24Vdcoutput spurs from a single 24V d.c.input. The FB800 is designed to benormally mounted on the PSB800 orPSM800 power supply. The fusesare rated at 500mA.
Technical Specification
Dimensions: 93H x165W x80D mmWeight: 149gInput: 24Vdc (+10%/-5%)Output: 15 x 24V d.c /500mATerminations: 2.5mm
Product Code
UK EUROPE557.202.100 542.064FB800 fuse board (15 way)
FB800 Fuse Board
IOB Input/Output Expansion Board
TUD800 German Transmission Unit
MX-FIL Filnet Gateway
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 23
MX
OC
M800
MX Panel User Interface ModulesFlexible range of operator interfaces, zonal alarm & fault displays, and input/output modules. Slide in legends available in various languages.
OCM800 Operator Control Module
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 50H x 232W x 133D mmWeight: 0.272KgPower Consumption: 35mA (Quiescent)
36mA (Lamp test)81mA (Alarm)
Control Buttons: 7Indication LED’s: 18Communications: RS-485: RBus –Default
9.2KbExpansion Bus: MINERVA/TFX X-Bus and
MX X-BusLegends for LPCB modules: UK/English,
Marine,Dutch,Italian
Legends for VdS modules: German,
Spanish,Portuguse
Features• Changeable Legends• Fully programmable • Optional I/O Via R-Bus
Product Codes557.202.013 OCM800 with Minerva MX Inserts542.014 OCM800 with Zettler Expert Inserts557.202.101 Danish OCM Fireman’s Keyswitch Assembly557.202.051 MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Hungarian(PK10)557.202.055 MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Swiss/Italian (PK10)557.202.056 MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Swiss/German(PK10)557.202.057 MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Swiss/French(PK10)557.202.058 MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Belgian/French(PK10)557.202.061 MX-ZX OCM800 Inserts - Polish (PK10)557.202.063 MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Spanish (PK10)557.202.064 MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Dutch (PK10)557.202.065 MX/ZX OCM 800 Inserts - Italian (PK10)557.202.066 MX/ZX OCM800 Inserts - Portuguese (PK10)557.202.067 MX/ZX OCM 800 Inserts - UL (PK10)
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
The OCM800 is utilised by all MX detection panels and fullfunction repeaters to provide mandatory operator controland LED indication functions to comply with EN54:pt.2 andUL864. The OCM800 is fully programmable but operates indefault configurations according to the software templateused.
Most software templates allow several of the LED’s andcontrol buttons to be programmed for site-specificfunctions. The LED’s and control buttons both have slide inlegends to suit the default configurations and language.Standard panels include the appropriate legends for theirrelevant markets.The OCM800 incorporates the functionality of an MPM800,which allows it to drive an operator display module toprovide a complete panel user interface.
In addition the OCM800 can drive up to 80 inputs/outputsusing one of the following modules.
The following I/O and LED annunciator modules can beslaved from an MPM800:
• Up to 5 x IOB800 (8 in/8 out LPCB/VdS approved . expansion board)• Up to 5 x XIOM (16 way universal I/O board)• One Mimic Panel (80 way LED mimic driver PCB)• One 80 way ANN880 LED mimic• One 40 way ANN840 LED mimic using red & yellow
LED’s• Two 20 way COM820 LED status/command modules
Up to 2 x OCM800 units can be connected to an MX panelvia the internal or external RBus communication port.
MX
OD
M800
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 24
OCM800 to IOB800 Connection Details
OCM800 TO IOB800 CONNECTION DETAILS
ODM800 Operator Display Module The ODM800 operator display module provides a powerfuland flexible 40 x 16 character backlit LCD display used byall MX detection panels and full function repeaters. TheODM800 is used with the OCM800 to provide a fullycompliant and approved user interface for UL and EN54fire detection panels.
The ODM800 is powered and controlled by the OCM800operator control module and provides various functionsaccording to the panel software. Standard EN54 panels
use the LCD display as five windows on the system.Window 1-Details of first detector in alarm Window 2-Details of the most recent detector in alarmWindow 3-System Status including Alarm/Fault and IsolatecountersWindow 4-Full alarm/event details and lists including 95character procedure plus full password controlled systemmanager, service and engineering menu structureWindow 5-Function key legends (eg. Back, Enter, >>,<<)
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 25H x 232W x 133D mmWeight: 0.361KgPower Consumption: 50mA (Quiescent)
900mA (Alarm Backlit)50mA (Alarm during mainsfailure)
Features• 0-9 alpha-numeric phone style keypad• Up and down scroll keys• Five function keys
Product CodesUK EUROPE557.202.019 542.019ODM800 operator display module557.202.103Danish ODM 800
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 25
MX
Zon
al D
isp
lays
The ANN880 is a standard LEDannunciator user interface module,which can be driven from anOCM800 or an MPM800. TheMPM800 can be mounted remotelyor “piggy-backed” on the ANN880.The ANN880 has 80 red LEDsnumbered 1 to 80. The functionalityis programmed in the MX detectionpanel but is defaulted to zone alarmLED’s.
Technical SpecificationDimensions:25H x 232W x 133D mmWeight: 177gPower Consumption:
1mA + MPM800 (Quiescent)85mA +MPM800 (25% zones in alarm (Alarm))340mA + MPM800 (Lamptest)
Product CodeUK EUROPE557.202.022 542.022ANN880 LED annunciator
The COM820 is a standard userinterface module, which can bedriven from an OCM800 or anMPM800. The MPM800 can bemounted remotely or “piggy-backed” on the COM820. TheCOM820 has removable legends for20 status command functions. Eachfunction includes a command buttonand a red status LED. Thefunctionality is programmed in theMX detection panel. Typicalapplications include:. Manual/OFF/Auto/Isolate
functions for evacuation or plantcontrol
. Selective isolate and evacuatefunctions for fireman’s control
. Selective plant shutdown andoverride functions
. Selective system delay and timerfunctions
2 can be driven from 1 x MPM800.
Technical SpecificationDimensions:25H x 232W x 133D mmWeight: 204gPower Consumption:
0.267mA (Quiescent - No LED’s)5mA (Alarm - 25% LED’s)21mA (Lamp test)
Product CodeUK EUROPE557.202.020 542.020COM820 Status/Command Module
The ANN840 is a standard LEDannunciator user interface modulewhich can be driven from anOCM800 or an MPM800. TheMPM800 can be mounted remotelyor “piggy-backed” on the ANN840.The ANN840 has removable legendsfor 40 zone status indicators. Eachzone can indicate RED (eg. Alarm)and YELLOW (eg. Fault & Isolate).The functionality is programmed inthe MX detection panel.The ANN840 operates as 80 outputs(RED & YELLOW).
Technical Specification
Dimensions:25H x 232W x 133D mmWeight: 177gPower Consumption:
1mA + MPM800 (Quiescent)85mA + MPM800 (25% zones in alarm (Alarm))340mA +MPM800 (Lamp test)
Product CodeUK EUROPE557.202.021 542.021ANN840 LED annunciator
ANN840 LED Annunciator
ANN880 LED Annunciator
The 80-Way Mimic allows custom-made display and presentationpanels to be incorporated in theMINERVA MX addressable system.It is supplied as a single PCB, whichmay be mounted in an expansionbox or on the rear of a free-standingpanel, as required. It may be used todrive up to 80 zonal LED indicators,arranged in any configuration,together with two FIRE LEDs, oneFAULT LED and one ISOLATE LED.These indicators can operate in thesame manner as the correspondingindicators on the panel.A remote Mimic can be connected tothe MPM800’s configured as remoteMimic drivers via the remote bus. Up
to 15 MPM800’s may be connectedon to the remote bus, each with aunique address [set on-board]. TheMimic includes audible and visiblewarning facilities.
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 235H x
190WmmOperating Temp: -10°C to +55°CStorage Temp: -20°C to +65°CRelative Humidity: Up to 95% RH
Non- Condensing
Power Consumption: 11mA(Quiescent) 200mA (25% Alarm)800mA (Lamp Test)
Product Code557.180.005MINERVA 80 way mimic drivermodule
COM820 Status Command Module - 20 Way
Remote Mimics
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
XIO
M I
/O M
od
ule
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 26
Input/Output Expansion Cards (XIOM)The XIOM is a 16 universal input/output expansion board. The I/O on the XIOM can be set in banks of 8 to operateas follows:
• LED driver outputs (10mA source)• Relay Driver Outputs (100mA sink)• Voltage Monitor Input (8 - 30Vdc Normal)• Volt Free Contact inputs
Product Codes557.180.016 XIOM MINERVA Input/Output Expansion Module
(16 Way)
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 144H x 85W x 15D mmOperating Temp: -10 to +65°CStorage Temp: -20 to +65°CRelative Humidity: 95% RH (Non-Condensing)Power Consumption: 11mA (Quiescent)
16in - 80mA (Max)16out - 160mA (Max)
Features• 16 I/P’s or 16 O/P’s or 8 I/P + 8 O/P• 5 per MPM800 (80 I/O points)• Fully configurable in MX consys
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 27
MX
Prin
ters
The printer is designed as a lowcost business printer ideally suitedfor mounting adjacent to the firecontrol panel.The LQ-300+combines high performance withpaper handling flexibility and quietoperation.Features• 300 cps draft/ 90cps LQ.• Quiet operation• Lightweight and compact design• 9 LQ fonts• 2 paper feed paths• Convertible push/pull tractor• Paper guide• Auto loading• Paper park
• Cable feed recess• Epson LQ standard terminal
emulation available• Parallel and serial interface
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 159H x 366W x
275D mmWeight: 4.4kgOperating Temp.: 5°C to 35°CStorage Temp.: -15°C to 40°CRelative Humidity: 10% to 80%RH [non-condensing]Operating Voltage: 180V to
264Va.c.
Product CodeUK EUROPE557.180.239MINERVA printer LQ-300+557.180.220LQ 300+ Printer Ribbon (spare)557.202.117 542.009MX FIM/MPM to serial printer lead
Desktop Printer
The PRN800 Printer Kit is designedfor use with the designer range ofMX Controllers (MX1000, MX4000and T2000). It is fitted to the frontcover of the MX battery housing andis powered from the PSB 800 powersupply via an FB800 fuseboard inthe MX Controller housing.
Features• A thermal printer mechanism
which ensures high reliability.• Quiet Operation• Lightweight and Compact Design• High Speed Printing: 40mm per
second.
• High quality printing: 384 dots.• 32 Columns• Friction paper feed
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 230H x 137W x 85D
mmWeight: 0.38KgOperating Temp: +5°C to +45°CStorage Temp: -20°C to +70°CRelative Humidity: Up to 80% non-condensingEMC: 61000-6-3 for emissions
BS EN 50082-1 for immunity
Product CodeUK Europe 557.202.024 542.024PRN 800 Printer c/w front covermodule557.301.014Spare Paper Roll (pk of 5)
The Remote LCD Repeater Moduleis designed to provide anindependent scrolling log of systemstatus at numerous points within abuilding or site. The moduleinterfaces directly to a serial printerport of the MX addressable firepanel. If a local printer is alreadyconnected to the Panel’s MPM800serial port, a second MPM800 mustbe used.
Features• Uses a backlit 4x20 character
alphanumeric display.• Provides an internal log of up to
330 events. • Provides internal audible warning
of an event.• Allows the event log to be
scrolled.• Local internal buzzer silence.• Connects to host panels RS232
port (maximum cable lengthbetween panels and first repeaterof 15m).
• Provides an external sounder tomimic the internal buzzer.
• Can be connected to anunlimited number of other LCDRepeaters by using theRS232/RS422 converter (Up to1200m between repeaters).
The LCD repeater must not beused in the primary fire path. Itmust not be used as the solewarning that a fire exists.
Technical SpecificationDimensions:
150H x 200W x 75D mmMaterial: Bayblendpolycarbonate/ABS alloyOperating Temp: -10 C to +55 CRelative Humidity: Up to 95% RHNon-CondensingPower Supply: 200mA@24VdcExt. Sounder Relay: 500mA@24VdcEMC:Product Family Standard EN50130-4in respect of ConductedDisturbances, Radiated Immunity,Electrostatic Discharge, FastTransients and Slow High Energy. EN61000-6-3 -1 for Emissions.
Product Code557.200.030Remote LCD Repeater MKII(compatible with Version 4.1 andabove for UK/UL/Marine/WesternEuropean Countries)557.202.118MX Download Lead557.180.1529-Way gender changer 557.180.151RS232/422 converter for LCDRepeaters.
In-Built Printer
Remote LCD Display
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
Pa
ge
rs &
MX
Sp
are
s
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 28
FeaturesThe pagers:-• Display messages sent out by the MX as displayed
on the MX LCD• Internal log of up to 40 events• Audible and/or vibrate warning of event• Allows the event log to be displayed
The transmitter:-• Connects using a 9 way D type MX interface lead to MX
printer port
Pager InterfaceThe MX pager system is designed to provide a facility tosignal all text messages or alarm/fault messages from alocal transmitter to the pagers.
The transmitter connects to the serial printer port of anMPM800, if a local printer is connected to the controllersMPM800 serial port, a second MPM800 must be used. Thepager system requires a +12V d.c. connection (from aremote psu) and a serial port connection. If the transmitterneeds to be located further than 2 m from the MX Panel,then a non-standard serial printer cable may be used, up toa maximum distance of 14m.
The Type A alarm pager can display alarm/fault messages.The Type B maintenance pager displays all messages sentby the fire controller.
CAUTION: Before any installation is carried out, an on siteradio paging license must be obtained by the customer.Care should be taken when designing pager systems.Normal practice indicates that a site survey should be done.Contact Product Management for additional advice on sitesurveys.
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 328H x 190W x 75D mmSystem operating voltage: 12 to 13.8VdcEffective radiated power: 500mWFrequency range: 50-470 MHzChannel spacing: 25KHzTX baud rate: 512 or 1200Type approval ETS 300 224, MPT1383 Cert No.
13249, EC type approved to ETS300 682 Approval No. 13331
Manual - Vol17A-2-Pager
Product Codes
557.200.029 Pager Transmitter 577.002.002 Type A alarm pager 577.002.003 Type A maintenance pager577.002.007 Pager aerial 60 db gain up to 1km (c/w
mounting bracket)577.002.008 Optional feeder cable (10m long)659.001.022 Elmdene 12V 1A PSU in Housing
Cables and Other ModulesProduct CodesUK EUROPE557.201.300 542.047BFP801 Spare blank user interface module designer housing blanking plate557.202.116 542.008FIM Modem lead557.201.305 542.052Designer door complete with hinges and brackets does not include blanking plates557.201.301Standard MX Panel designer backbox and chassis plate557.203.005 542.031Set of spare keys for MX Panel
557.180.209Keyswitch assembly for use with MX2 controllers (spare)557.180.208MX2 Spare Keys 557.201.302 542.049Deep MX Designer backbox and chassis plate557.201.306 542.053Standard MX Expansion backbox and chassis plate557.201.310 542.079Deep MX Expansion backbox and chassis plate557.202.113PSB to FIM Cable
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 29
MX
Ad
dre
ssa
ble
Mod
ule
s
DIM800 Detector Input Module (ADK)
MX Addressable Input/Output ModulesTyco MX TECHNOLOGY provides a large range of addressable ancillary devices which can be programmed andtested with the MX SERVICE tool. The first group of modules to be made available are shown in detail in thissection. Other modules including intrinsically safe devices, multiple input/output devices, emergency telephone andthe MX addressable voice evacuation amplifiers and ancillaries will follow later.
The APM800 is an MX addressablepower supply monitoring modulewhich is usually used with thePSM800/820 power supply moduleto make an addressable powersupply. The APM800 is designed tofix to studs on the top of thePSM800/820 The APM800 monitorsthe PSM800/820 for mains failure,earth fault, battery charger fault andbattery fault. It can reset the PSM800/820 resettable 24Vdc outputand initiate a battery test which thenreports battery voltage and current tothe controller.
Technical SpecificationEMC/RFI: Equal or
exceeds EN50081- 1 & EN50130-4
Operating Temp.: -20oC to +70oCRelative Humidity: up to 95% RHnon-condensingDimensions: 24H x 127W x
57D mm Weight: 0.794KgQuiescent Current: 0.1mA(APM800 - 1 from loop)
0.3mA (from PSU)
Alarm Current: 0.1mA(APM800 - 1 from loop)
0.3mA (from PSU)Product Code
557.202.027APM800 addressable power supplymonitor (UK)572.018APM800 addressable power supplymonitor (EUROPE)
APM800 Addressable Power Supply Monitor
The MIM800 is a small MXaddressable module designed formonitoring a single input circuit. TheMIM800 can monitor normally openor normally closed inputs andprovides open and short circuitmonitoring of the line. The MIM800 isdesigned for fitting in small devicessuch as flow switches, specialdetection devices and explosionproof callpoints. A variant of theMIM800 is used in all callpoints andpullstations.
Technical SpecificationEMC/RFI: Equal or
exceeds EN50081-1 & EN50130-4
Operating Temp.: -20oC to +70oCRelative Humidity: up to 95% RHnon-condensingDimensions:
13H x 48W x 57D mm Weight: 100gQuiescent Current: 0.25mAAlarm Current: 0.25mA(without LED)
2.5mA (with LED)
EOL resistor: 200 OhmMonitor Resistor: 100 Ohm
Product Code555.800.001MIM800 mini-input module (UK)572.016MIM800 (EÜ) mini-input module(EUROPE)
MIM800 Mini-Input Module (EU)
The CIM800 is a flexible addressableinput-monitoring device that fits in thestandard ancillary housings. TheCIM800 provides two inputs tocurrent MX panels though this can beimplemented as two separately wiredspurs (Style B) or as a loop (Style A).Both spur and loop input wiring canbe configured to monitor normallyopen or normally closed inputs. Inaddition both can be configured toinitiate an alarm or short circuit faultmessage in the event of a short circuiton normally open monitoring circuits.
Technical SpecificationEMC/RFI: Equal or
exceedsEN50081- 1 & EN50130-4Operating Temp.: -20oC to +70oCRelative Humidity: up to 95% RH non-condensingDimensions:
14H x 148W x 87D mm Weight: 100gQuiescent Current: 300µAAlarm Current: 3mAEOL & monitor resistor: 10k Ohms
Product Code555.800.002CIM800 contact input monitor (UK)572.017CIM800 (EKÜ) contact input monitor(EUROPE)555.800.032CIM 800 Module c/w Front Cover(UK)572.020CIM 800 Module in isolated D800housing (EUROPE)
CIM800 Contact Input Module (EKU)
The DIM800 is designed to powerand monitor a circuit of low voltageconventional detectors andcallpoints. The detection circuit ispowered from an external 24V d.c.supply and is reset by the MXaddressable panel. The DIM800monitors the external 24V d.c. andprovides a fault signal if it is lost. Theinput detection circuit can be wiredas one or two spur circuits (Class B),one loop configured circuit (Class A)or one 4 wire detection circuit.TheDIM800 is designed to becompatible with most conventionaldetection products. Compatibilityhas been tested to date on thefollowing products: CompatibleThorn detectors: M300 Series , M601
Series , S100 Series, H Series,S231F, S231F+, CP200, Series600Compatible Zettler detectors:M613 Series.
Technical SpecificationEMC/RFI: Equal or
exceeds EN50081-1 & EN50130-4
Operating Temp.: -20oC to +70oC
Relative Humidity: up to 95% RH non-condensing
Dimensions: 14H x 148W x 87D mm
Weight: 100gQuiescent Current: 0.1mA (from
loop)
7.5mA (from ext. supply)Alarm Current: 0.1mA (from
loop)50mA (from ext. supply)
Product Code555.800.012DIM800 detector input monitor (UK)562.011DIM800 (ADK) detector input monitor(EUROPE)555.800.042DIM 800 Module c/w front cover(UK)562.012DIM800 Module in isolated D800housing (EUROPE)
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
MX
Ad
dre
ssa
ble
Mod
ule
s
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 30
The LIM800 Ancillary Line IsolatorModule is designed to be used on allMX addressable loops. It monitorsthe line condition and upondetection of a short circuit it isolatesthe affected section whilst allowingthe rest of the addressable loop tofunction normally. The LIM800Ancillary Line Isolator Moduleensures that on a loopedaddressable system a short circuitfault cannot disable more detectiondevices than would be lost on aconventional non-addressablesystem in accordance with BS5839Part 1.
Technical SpecificationEMC/RFI: Equal or exceedsEN61000-6-3 & EN50130-4Operating Temperature: -25°C to+70°CRelative Humidity: Up to 95% RHnon-condensingDimensions: 14H x 148W x 87D mmWeight: 100gBattery Requirements:
Standby 80µA MaxTripped 3.5mA Max
Product Codes545.800.004LIM800 Ancillary Line IsolatorModule UK572.054LIM800 Ancillary Line IsolatorModule EUROPE545.800.033LIM800 Ancillary Line IsolatorModule c/w front cover UK572.055LIM800 Ancillary Line IsolatorModule in Isolated D800 HousingEUROPE
LIM800 Line Isolator Module
The TM520 provides an output thatcan be activated based on a delaytime. If either the key-switch on themodule is activated, or a predefinedevent within the control panel occursthen a timed delay (set between 10minutes and 2 hours 10 minutes) isstarted. When the delay reaches zerothe TM520 output is activated. Theunit sounds an internal buzzer andshows a red LED when the output is
active, and shows a yellow LEDwhen the timer is counting down. Toprovide a warning that the delay isnearly over, the red LED and thebuzzer will pulse 5 minutes beforethe end of the delay .The TM520 requires a separate 24VDC supply to operate. The module isnot addressable and will thereforenot take an address on the loop.
Technical SpecificationPowered: 24VdcTemperature Range: -10°C to +70°COperating Humidity: <95% RHDimensions: 87H x148W x
14D mm
Product Code557.180.423TM520 timer module - nonaddressable
TM520 Timer Module
The LAV800 provides an MXaddressable standard VdSextinguishing interface in a standardMX ancillary size package.
Technical SpecificationEMC/RFI: Equal orexceeds 61000-6-3 & EN50130-4Operating Temp.: -20°C to +70°CRelative Humidity: up to 95% RHnon-condensingDimensions: 14H x 148W x87D mm Weight: 100gQuiescent Current: 300µAAlarm Current: 3mAIdent. Value: 180
Product Codes572.015LAV800 VdS extinguishing interfaceEUROPE572.025LAV800 Module in isolated D800housing EUROPE
LAV800 VdS Extinguishing Interface
The SIO800 Single Input/OutputModule is designed to provide amonitored input and a volt free relaychangeover output. It consists of aninput for monitoring the status of anormally open contact and a singlechangeover relay contact. The relayis controlled by a command sentfrom the Minerva MX Fire Controllervia the addressable loop.
The state of the relay(activated,deactivated or stuck) is reported to the Minerva MXFire Controller. The LED may beturned ON or OFF by the controllerduring a relay activated condition.
Technical SpecificationEMC/RFI:Product Family standard EN50130-4in respect of ConductedDisturbances, Radiated Immunity,Electrostatic Discharge, FastTransients and Slow High Energy.61000-6-3for Emissions.Operating Temperature: -25°C to +70°CRelative Humidity: Up to 95% RH non-condensingDimensions: 14H x 148W x87D mmWeight: 105gQuiescent Current: 0.3mAAlarm Current: 3mAEOL Resister: 3k3
Product Codes555.800.063SIO800 Single Input/Output Module(compatible with Version 2.1 andabove)555.800.064SIO800 Single Input/Output Modulec/w Front Cover (compatible withVersion 2.1 and above)
SIO800 Single Input/Output Module
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
The SB520 sounder booster moduleenables the SNM800 to drive circuitswith higher currents whilstmaintaining the reverse polarityintegrity line monitoring.
Technical SpecificationEMC/RFI: Equal or
exceeds EN61000.6.31 & EN50130-4
Operating Temp.: -20oC to +70oC
Relative Humidity: up to 95% RHnon-condensingDimensions: 14H x 148W x
87D mm Weight: 100gOutput rating: 15A @ 24V
d.c./10A Max. per terminal
Non addressable
Product Codes577.001.023SB520 Sounder Booster Module(UK)572.012SB520 Sounder Booster Module(EUROPE)577.001.033SB520 Module c/w Front Cover (UK)572.024SB520 Module in isolated D800housing (EUROPE)
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
The RIM800 provides a singleprogrammable relay output from theMX DIGITAL addressable loop whichcan be programmed for a variety ofapplications including signalling fireconditions to plant, machinery, firedoors, dampers & security systems.The RIM800 relay coil is monitored.The RIM800 relay contact is rated for2A @ 24V d.c. but can be used toswitch mains voltage when used withthe HVR800. This unit has two opto-isolated terminals specifically fordriving the HVR800.
Technical SpecificationEMC/RFI: Equal or
exceeds EN61000.6.3-& EN50130-4
Operating Temp.: -20oC to +70oCRelative Humidity: up to 95% RH
non-condensing
Dimensions: 14H x 148W x 87D mm
Weight: 100gQuiescent Current: 200µAAlarm Current: 3mARelay contacts: 2A @ 24V d.c.
Product Codes568.800.003RIM800 relay interface module (UK)572.007RIM800 relay interface module(EUROPE)568.800.033RIM 800 Module C/W Front Cover(UK)572.021RIM800 Module in isolated D800housing (EUROPE)
RIM800 Relay Interface Module
The HVR800 module is a non-addressable device whichallows a low current mains ratedrelay to switch up to 10A.Alternatively a low voltage drivesignal such as that provided by the RIM800 or 80 way mimic can be used to switch the integral mainsrelay via the opto-isolated input.
Technical SpecificationEMC/RFI: Equal or
exceeds EN61000.6.3 & EN50130-4
Operating Temp.: -20oC to +70oCRelative Humidity: up to 95% RH
non-condensing
Dimensions: 26.5H x 42W x 74D mm
Relay Contacts: Up to 10A @ 250Va.c.
Product Codes568.800.004HVR800 high voltage relay (UK)568.800.034HVR800 in isolated D800 housing(UK)572.008HVR800 high voltage relay(EUROPE)572.022HVR800 in isolated D800 housing(EUROPE)
HVR800 High Voltage Relay Module
The SNM800 is a remoteaddressable sounder circuit outputdevice capable of switching sounderand speaker circuits up to 2A @ 24Vd.c. or provide a monitored outputfacility for other applications. Thesecan be used in addition to the twocircuits provided as standard onmost MX detection panels.The SNM800 can support soundercircuits wired as a spur (Class B –Style Y) or in a loop configuration(Class A – Style Z).The SNM800 can be configured witha RIM800 to provide a securemonitored extinguishing releasesolenoid control.
Technical SpecificationEMC/RFI: Equal or
exceeds EN61000.6.3& EN50130-4
Operating Temp.: -20oC to +70oCRelative Humidity: up to 95% RH
non-condensing
Dimensions: 14H x 148W x 87D mm
Weight: 100gQuiescent Current: 0.5mAAlarm Current: 3mAOutput rating: 2A @ 24V d.c.EOL resistor: 27k 1/2W
Product Codes577.800.005SNM800 sounder notification module(UK)572.009SNM800 sounder notification module(EUROPE)577.800.035SNM800 Module c/w Front cover(UK)572.023SNM800 Module isolated D800housing (EUROPE)
SNM800 Sounder Notification Module
LPS800 Loop Powered Sounder Module
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
SB520 Sounder Booster Module
The LPS800 provides a singlemonitored sounder output circuitwith up to 75mA of power sourcedfrom the MX panel.
Technical SpecificationEMC/RFI: Equal or
exceeds EN61000.6.31 & EN50130-4
Operating Temp: -20oC to +70oCRelative Humidity: up to 95% RH
non- condensing
Dimensions: 14H x 148W x 87D mm
Weight: 100gQuiescent Current: 0.93mAAlarm Current: Up to 75mA
continuousOutput rating: 75mA @ 24V
d.c. max
Product Codes577.800.011LPS800 Loop Powered Soundermodule (UK)
572.014LPS800 Loop Powered Soundermodule (EUROPE)577.800.041LPS800 Module c/w front cover (UK)572.027LPS800 Module in isolated D800housing (EUROPE)
NOTE: Each MX Digital Loop canprovide up to 495mA for LPS800,801SB AND 802SB.
MX
Ad
dre
ssa
ble
Mod
ule
s
Page 31
Page 32
BDM800 Beam Detector Module - Loop Powered
The BDM800 Beam Detector Moduleis designed to interface the FIRERAY50R or the 100R reflective beamdetector to the MX DigitalAddressable Loop. The BDM800provides power from the loop,monitors the Fire and Fault outputsof the detector and also monitorsinter-connections for open and shortcircuit faults. The BDM800 can alsobe used with the FIRERAY 2000active infrared beam detector.Supplied fitted in a standard doublegang ancillary housing, the BDM800greatly simplifies the wiring normallyassociated with beam detection.The considerable cost of providinglocal power supplies that satisfy thestringent requirements of BS5839part 1 is eliminated.
Features• Power Beam detectors directly
from the MX Digital loop• Reduced wiring and installation
costs• Monitors beam detector for fire
and fault• Inter-connection monitored for
open and short circuit faults• LPCB and VdS approved (pend
ing)• Can be installed to BS5839 part 1
2002• On board LED indicates polling
and active• Use with reflective beams
FIRERAY 50R or 100R for greater savings on installation
• Compatible with FIRERAY 2000 beam detector
• Optional BTM800 beam terminaltion module to further simplify installation
Product Code555.800.066BDM800 Beam Detector Module c/w Cover UK562.015BDM 800Beam Detector Module Housed inD800 Housing Europe
In many cases it will be necessary tosite the BDM800 Beam DetectorModule some distance from thebeam detector itself. To minimiseand simplify wiring in such cases anoptional unit, the BTM800 beamtermination module is available. TheBTM800 is also housed in astandard double gang ancillary
cover and has all the connectionsand components required tominimise installation time.Features• Simplifies the wiring betweenBeam detector and BDM800• Allows BDM800 to be sited up to40m from the beam detector
Product Code555.800.067BTM800 Beam Terminal Module c/wCover UK562.017BTM 800 Beam termination modulehoused in D800 Housing Europe
The MIO800 is a general purposeinterface module for use with MXtechnologyTM fire detection systems.It allows multiple input and outputconnections to be made betweenexternal equipment and the MXDigital loop. Three input and fouroutputs are provided. Each inputand output can be programmedindependently using the MX Consysconfiguration tool to providecustomised functionality.
An IP55 rated D800 style housing isused as the standard enclosurewith the option of a DIN-railmounting kit for in-cabinetinstallations. Features• Normally open or normally closedinputs
• Inputs monitored for open orshort circuit faults.• STYLE B (short circuit gives analarm) or STYLE C (short circuitgives a fault) selectable for inputs• Provides four digital outputs• All four outputs can drive a self-powered high voltage relay HVR800• Two outputs have both volt freechange over contacts and HVRDrivers.
Technical SpecificationOperating Temperature-25°C to + 70°C Storage Temperature-40°C to +80°COperating HumidityUp to 95% non-condensingDimensions (HWD):Module 72 x 110 x 18mm
Boxed: 124.5 x 166.5 x 84.5mmWeight:Module 70gBoxed 271gBattery Requirements:Powered from addressable loop:Standby current: 0.7mAAlarm current: 6.25mA
Relay Contact RatingDC - 2A @ 24V dc
Product Code555.800.065Multi I/O Module 557.201.401D800 Ancillary Housing557.201.303Din Rail Mounting Kit
BTM Beam Termination Module
MIO800 Multi-Input Output Module
Chapter 2 - MX Detection PanelsM
X A
dd
ressa
ble
Mod
ule
s
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
Page 33
Chapter 2 - MX Detection PanelsA
ncilla
ry Hou
sin
gs
MX Ancillary Housings A variety of ancillary housings are available to fit the 800 Series MX ancillaries. The standard sized modules aremechanically compatible with all options. LPCB approvals are with the M520 double gang cover plate or ancillaryhousings. VdS certification is with the Zettler ancillary box and ancillary housings. The M520 double gang coverprovides external access for the MX SERVICE TOOL to plug into the ancillary module which is mounted in the cover.All options allow the ancillary to be programmed and tested when the cover is removed.
M520 Ancillary cover for use with800 modules. Will fit onto a MK styledouble gang back box.
Product Code517.035.007M520 Ancillary Cover
D800 IP55 ancillary housing140W x 120H x 70D incorporateswindow to view module LED
Product Code557.201.401D800 IP55 Ancillary Housing
M520
D800
ANC-3 MINERVA ancillary housing - for use with M800 ancillarymodules (can accommodate up to 3M800 modules).
Product Codes557.180.097.A
ADT Branded557.180.097.TThorn Branded557.180.097.YTyco Branded
ANC-8 MINERVA ancillary housing - for use with M800 ancillarymodules, houses 8 modules,expandable to 16 using the STK8stacking kit.
Product CodesUK EUROPE
557.180.096.AADT Branded557.180.096.TThorn Branded557.180.096.Y 572.034Tyco Branded
STK-8 MINERVA ancillary stacking kitfor use with ANC-8 ancillary housing 557.180.095 572.036STK8 stacking kit
ANC-3 Ancillary Housing
ANC-8 Ancillary Housing
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
Sta
nd
ard
Ba
ck
Boxe
s
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 34
QFB/2 Dry lining flush mount (forplasterboard etc) MK backbox foruse with M520 or 800 Seriesaddressable ancillaries using517.035.007 cover.
Product Code517.035.015QFB/2 Dry lining flush mount
QFB/2
8621C Steel flush mount MK backboxfor use with M520 or 800 Seriesaddressable ancillaries using517.035.007 cover with knockouts.
Product Code517.035.0148621C Steel Flush Mount MKBackbox
K2214 ALM Metal surface mount MKbackbox for use wilt M520 or 800Series addressable ancillaries suing517.035.007 cover. Includes 7 x20mm knockouts
Product Code517.035.011K2214 ALM Metal Surface Mount MKbackbox
MK K2142 White plastic surfacemount MK backbox for use withM520 or 800 Series addressableancillaries using 517.035.007 cover.
Product Code517.035.010MX K2142 White plastic surfacemount
K2214 ALM
MK K2142
8621C
Technical SpecificationProduct Code MK Ref Mounting Dimensions Knockouts Earth Screw Material517.035.011 K2214 Surface 146x86x40mm 1x20mm rear/7x20mm sides Yes Steel517.035.010 K2142 Surface 146x86x34mm One rear (25x35mm) N/A Plastic517.035.014 MK862/K Flush 132x72x26mm 4x20mm rear/12x20mm sides Yes Steel517.035.015 QFB/2 Flush/ 146x85x38mm 2 top & bottom N/A Plastic
Dry Lining
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 35
Chapter 2 - MX Detection PanelsM
od
ule
Ad
dre
ss L
ab
els
Callpoint & Ancillary Address Labels
Features• Colour coded for Easy Loop Identification• Space for Zonal Label• Strong Adhesive Backing
Product CodesZone Labels599.047.011 Zone labels - Zones 1 - 16599.047.012 Zone labels - Zones 17 - 32599.047.013 Zone labels - Zones 33 - 48599.047.014 Zone labels - Zones 49 - 64599.047.015 Zone labels - Zones 65 - 80599.047.016 Zone labels - Zones 81 - 100599.047.018 Zone labels - Zones 101 - 120599.047.019 Zone labels - Zones 121 - 140599.047.020 Zone labels - Zones 141 - 160599.047.021 Zone labels - Zones 161 - 180599.047.022 Zone labels - Zones 181 - 200599.047.023 Zone labels - Zones 201 - 220599.047.024 Zone labels - Zones 221 - 240
Address Labels599.047.030 Address Labels 1 - 250 Loop A - White599.047.031 Address Labels 1 - 250 Loop B - Yellow599.047.032 Address Labels 1 - 250 Loop C - Purple599.047.033 Address Labels 1 - 250 Loop D - Green599.047.005 Address Labels 1 - 127 Loop E - Grey599.047.006 Address Labels 1 - 127 Loop F - Blue599.047.007 Address Labels 1 - 127 Loop G - Orange599.047.008 Address Labels 1 - 127 Loop H - Red
Detectors have a special address flag for carrying theaddress labels - detailed in the detector section. For otherdevices or on detectors where zone information is alsorequired a series of address labels are available.Numbered 1 to 250, the address labels are available in 8
different colours to distinguish between different loops. Inaddition small zone labels can be fixed to the addresslabels.
MX
Se
rvic
e T
ool
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 36
Programming and Service ToolsThe Tyco MX Service Tool is an esssential commissioning and servicing tool, providing diagnostic & programmingfunctions.
MX Service Tool
Features• Read/write the detector/ancillary address• Display date of manufacture and commissioning• Display serial number• Display temperature/ CO levels / smoke obscuration• Programming of the LED• Testing the detector remote LED and control outputs• Perform the detector self verification test function• Displaying detector dirtiness level• Controlling ancillary outputs• Reading ancillary statuses• Power management options
Product CodesThe TYCO MX SERVICE tool is a powerful and flexible toolfor assistance in the installation, commissioning,diagnostics and service of Tyco MX detection systems. TheMX SERVICE tool allows all MX addressable devices to beinterrogated, tested and programmed.
Suitable for desktop or single handed operation the MXSERVICE tool is battery operated using standardrechargeable batteries. An accessory pack providesalternative straps, and cigarette lighter adaptor. The MXService tool has a finite life time after which the softwaremust be recharged by an MX authorised administrator.
MX Service Accessory KitA carry case which contains the following items:-Car Lighter AdapterShoulder Strap
This provides space for the following:-801AP MX Service ToolAncillary Programming Lead Mains Charger
Product Codes516.800.923 MX SERVICE accessory kit - UK572.032 MX SERVICE accessory kit - German
516.800.918 801AP MX SERVICE tool – English516.800.922 Spare ancillary programming lead -
English572.006 801AP MX SERVICE tool – German572.030 Spare ancillary programming lead-
German516.800.924 Pack of Spare Pins (Pk 10)516.800.926 MX Service Tool PMS Dongle Parallel516.800.927 MX Service Tool PMS Dongle (USB)516.800.929 PMS Programming Lead
Features• Compact• Organises Tools • Sturdy Construction Protects Tools
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 37
Chapter 2 - MX Detection PanelsM
X C
on
figu
ratio
n S
oftw
are
MX Technology®Software - Advanced SoftwareApplications for the MX Digital Fire Alarm SystemMXConsys - The highly flexible and extremely powerful programming tool that has been used successfully with MXsince day one. Specially designed for MX, it is being constantly extended and improved to meet ever changingdemands
MX ConsysMX CONSYS is a powerful Windows programming toolwhich provides full system programming functions andproject configuration and issue control. MX CONSYS isused on MINERVA MX, MX2,T2000, ZETTLER EXPERTpanels.
It also supports automatic data transfer to MX GRAPH,graphical mimic and alarm management systems. MXCONSYS is available under document control fromauthorised personnel in the Tyco businesses.
Features• Windows based• Programs the system across multiple sub-panels• Downloads to the system from one point• Supports remote dial in capability• Provides Firmware download as well as configuration
download• Dongle protected• Provides full project configuration printouts. Includes MX
consys express
Product CodesUK EUROPE557.203.001MX CONSYS Dongle and license (parallel)557.203.003MX CONSYS Dongle and license (USB)557.202.118 542.011MX CONSYS Download lead
Incorporated into MXConsys is MXConsys-Express - Analternative approach to system configuration that simplifiesthe programming effort by automating many of theprocesses. Its heart lies in a number of pre-definedtemplates that have been expertly designed to match aselection of building types.
The demands on users in terms of experience and trainingare considerably reduced. MXDesigner is a sophisticatedengineering design tool that not only ensures systemparameters and design rules are obeyed but are key to theordering and documentation processes. Batterycalculations, loop loading calculations, remote busparameters, system schematics and parts lists are allincluded. The extensive use of graphics and 'drag anddrop' techniques makes the system easy and quick to use.In addition, a design module for the intrinsically safeMXDigital detectors and associated system 800components is included. Available for free download fromthe Tyco Fire and Security Website. MXFlow - If you haveever been involved in the configuration process for acomplex 'cause and effect' programme, you will appreciate
the benefits of an automated method of documenting yourwork. MXFlow does just that; it takes your MXConsys 'eventaction' and transcribes it into a graphical format that iscomprehensive and easy to follow. It can be a valuablecommissioning tool that saves time and effort as well as aneasily understood form of documentation for future serviceuse. Available for free download from the Tyco Fire andSecurity Website to authorised personnel. MXRemote -Remote communications software provides a fast andefficient means of diagnosis without anyone having to leavethe office.
In situations where access to a site may be difficult orwhere an attending technician requires high levelassistance then MXRemote is the tool for the job. Usingmodems, MXRemote can 'dial-up' the MX Digital fire systemand once connected, becomes an integral part of the firesystem, acting as a fully functional repeater. All systemfunctions are then available to the MXRemote operator.Available for free download from the Tyco Fire and SecurityWebsite but requires a dongle and license to operate.
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 38
MX
Re
mote
an
d D
em
oca
se
MX Remote
Features• Facilitates remote diagnostics• Display identical to panel view• Remote Assistance
Product Codes
MX DemocaseAn MX Panel, 801CH Detector, 801PH Detector, LED’s andSwitches mounted in a carry case and pre-configured withdemo software.
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 360H x 600W x 290D mmInput Voltage: 120-250VAC 50/60 Hz
Features• Ideal Sales Aid• Suitable for Post Sales Training
Product Codes557.200.901 MX Demo Case
MX REMOTE is a Windows based software tool for remoteservice and support of MX detection panels. MX REMOTEprovides a full function fire panel repeater running on a PCeither locally or over dial up telephone lines. Providing theoperator has the correct passwords MX REMOTE allows alloperator, manager, service and engineer functions availableat the panel to be provided at the PC.
This allows the customer or the Tyco service organisationto provide remote assistance, service and limitedconfiguration assistance to the installation.
MX REMOTE is available as a stand-alone softwareapplication for Tyco service operations. Alternatively TycoSafety Products are able to provide consultancy andassistance in implementing MX REMOTE as an integratedpart of a central station and service centre system.
557.203.002 MX Remote dongle and license (parallel)557.203.004 MX Remote Dongle and license (USB)557.202.036 MX Remote modem (BABT)
542.036 24Vdc MX Remote Modem (EU)557.202.116 MX-FIM Modem Lead
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 39
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
Sales Tools Video and Brochure
Features• Available in PAL or NTSC• Details products’ features• Well presented
Product CodesPSV001 Carbon Monoxide Low Profile detector -
English PAL formatPSV008 Tyco MX Technology - English PAL
formatPSV009 Tyco MX Technology - English NTSC
formatPSV010 Tyco MX Technology - German PAL
format
PSV011 Tyco MX Technology - Dutch PAL format PSV012 Tyco MX Technology - Spanish PAL formatPSV013 Tyco MX Technology - Spanish NTSC formatPBMX01 Tyco MX Technology Brochure - English versionPBMX01E Tyco MX Technology Brochure - Spanish version
MX
Sa
les A
ids
MX
Gra
ph
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 40
MX Graph/MX NetMXGraph is a fully integrated graphical and text user interface for use with MINERVA MX, MX2, ZETTLER EXPERTand MINERVA T2000 fire panels. MXNet allows up to 98 MX panels to be networked together to provide a seamlesspeer to peer system.
MX Graph
Whether the installation uses a single sub-panel or up to99 networked sub-panels, MXGraph provides a seamlessintegrated graphical mimic with full alarm managementand panel control capability.
MXGraph has been designed with clear displays andsimple controls which can be quickly and easilyunderstood by an operator rather than an engineer. Thesystem is designed to be used with a touch screen ormouse and does not require the use of a Qwertykeyboard. Using the secure acknowledged transfer of events, up tothree MXGraph systems can be used to monitor up to 96MX controllers connected to an MXNet.
MXGraph uses a unique configuration tool GRAB-IT,(Graphical, AutoCad, Bitmap, Information, Transfer) toautomatically configure the system. Installation plans,device type and location, flood fill areas, flood fill locations,zoom areas and zoom magnifications are all importedfrom AutoCad.
This configuration tool significantly reduces configurationtime, increases the integrity of information and enablessimple updates to the system in the future.
MXGraph can be connected to up to 98 networked MX firepanels using the LPCB approved MXNet. MXGraph willalso be available for use with up to 64 MX fire panelsnetworked using the LON based VdS approved FILNET.MX net will support up to 5 fully operational MXGraph userinterfaces on a network plus additional units operating asgraphical mimics. MXGraph consists of a standardpersonal computer, that is linked onto the MXNet via a TLI-800 network interface module. MXGraph is primarilyoperated by either mouse or touch screen. For an up to date specification of the latest approved PCplatform, contact the Fire Product Manager.
MXGraph is functionally similar to Thorngraph. For fulldetails of upgrade paths contact the Fire Product Manager.
Features• Combined text and graphics display on a single PC• Connected to MXNet, a single system can be used to
monitor up to 98 MX fire controllers• Designed for touch screen operation• Simple operator controls, no Qwerty keypad required• High resolution colour display• Three level automatic zoom sequence available for each
point• Overview map maintains a view of wider areas whilst
zooming into detail in the graphics window• Procedure window provides additional text and operator
instructions for each event• Classification of events helps to maintain a record of
activation and the causes• Browse icons placed on maps can be used to pan across
an installation in a logical sequence
Product Codes508.020.007 Compatibility tested PC for MX &
ThornGraph graphics terminal preloadedand configured with default passwords
508.020.015 17” LCD Flat Panel Touchscreen557.203.007 USB to RS232 converter for touch
screen monitor
508.020.201 Software package A for 1 network node 508.020.202 Software package B for 2-5 network
nodes508.020.203 Software package C for 6 or more
network nodes 508.020.204 Software package D for additional
graphics nodes on the same MXNet
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 41
Chapter 2 - MX Detection PanelsM
X G
rap
h
MXGraph Typical Arrangement
Max distance betweennodes is 1000m usingMICC cable
Max distance betweennodes is 3000m usingtwisted/shielded paircable
Max distance betweennodes is 4000m usingfibre optic cable
TLI800
TLO530 TLO530
FibreInterface
FibreInterface
NetworkInterface
Additional Features
• Control icons placed on maps can be used to initiateactions at the MX fire controller, used to operateancillaries such as HVAC
• Automatic configuration using the GRAB-IT tool,including Cad drawings, text messages, locations,flood fills and zoom areas
• Full password protection and multiple operator levels• Remote control of MX fire controller across the
network• Real time on line event management and historic
information system• User designed search keys can be used to generate
specific and useful reports• Available in English, Dutch and Spanish
MX Graph cont’d
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 42
MX
Gra
ph
Wall Mountable PC with Integral 12.1” TouchscreenCompatibility tested industrial style PC with integral 12.1”LCD touch screen available with optional adjustable wallmount.
Versions available for 240 Vac or 24Vdc supply. Unitcomes pre-loaded with Windows 2000 operation systembut is not preconfigured with MXGraph.
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 375W x 285.5H x 104.4D mmWeight: 5.2kgInput Voltage: 240 Vac Version - 100-250Vac
24Vdc Version - 18-56 VdcInput Current: 7A at 24VdcOperating Temp: 0°C to 45°CHumidity: 10 to 95% RH Non condensing
Features• Integral Touchscreen & PC• Wall Mountable• Adjustable wall mount
Product Codes
508.020.020 Wall Mountable PC 240 Vac508.020.021 Wall Mountable PC 24 Vdc508.020.022 Adjustable Wall Mount Bracket
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 43
Chapter 2 - MX Detection PanelsM
X N
et
MXNet MXNet provides a true peer to peer communicationsinterface for up to 99, MINERVA MX, ZETTLER EXPERT orMINERVA T2000 fire controllers in any combination and theMXGraph, graphical user interfaces. The units can be inter-connected into a large network without the need for a hostor master controller. MXNet is based upon a combination ofhardware and software that allows MX fire controllers(Nodes) to be linked together.
The MXNet supports up to 99,000 analogue/addressablepoints and over 49,000 digital I/0 points. The network co-ordinates and distributes alarm annunciation andsupervises system operation. When connected to thenetwork, each MX Fire controller maintains its full stand-alone features, functions and capabilities.
See separate documentation for full details of MX-FILNET,VdS approved networking alternative to MXNet.
Features• LPCB approved• A peer to peer network that does not use a host or
master controller.• 99 nodes, 99,000 points, 23,760 zone capacity.• Bi-directional signaling.• Open/short circuit isolation.• Events originating at any node can be used as an input
to event/action processing of other panels to co-ordinateand distribute systems control.
• System can be configured in the field using MX Consyssoftware.
• Failure of one node does not affect any other node orcommunications between nodes. In the event of multiplefailures, nodes will automatically re-generate intoindependent fully functional networks.
Additional Features• Automatic network re-configuration when a previously
failed node is restored to the network.• Up to 3,000 metres between nodes with
twisted/shielded cable.• System will operate on standard 2 core MICC.• MX controllers may be grouped into sub-nets where
each panel is programmed to inter-act only with otherselected controllers.
• Plug-in module (TLI-800) easily connects an MX firecontroller to the network.
• Data is re-generated at each MX controller and is sentout over the MXNet as new clean data. All degradationin received data due to noise on a line, line attenuation,or phase shifting is eliminated when the data is re-generated.
• The MXNet uses a token-passing, non collisioncommunication protocol for data transmission.
• "Network zones" and "sectors" allow the networkcontrollers to be configured as a single "seamless"system.
• MXGraph, a P.C. based graphical user interface,connects directly on to the network.
• MXNet supports combinations of MICC,twisted/shielded pair cabling, fibre optic cabling, anddedicated telephone line.
• Multiple communication topologies bus or ring.
MX
Ne
twork
Ca
rds
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 44
The Telephone Line Drive Module(TLD-530) is used to interface two(2) dedicated telephone line circuitsto the TLI-800 module. The TLD-530line driver module converts the RS-485 signals received from the TLI-800 network interface module tosignals capable of being transmittedover the telephone line circuits.One TLI-800 supports two channelsso only one module is required percontroller for both single path andredundant path star connections.The interface allows for fieldconfigured baud rates and supportsdistances of up 3,000 metres. Up totwo units can be fitted into aTLO/TLD Housing.
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 170H x 120W x
20D mm Weight: 140g
Product Codes557.180.699TLD 530 ThornNet/MXNet direct linedriver PCB557.180.148.ATLO/TLD Housing - ADT branded
The Fibre Optics Module (TLO-530)is used to interface one fibre opticchannel to the TLI-800 module. TheTLO - 530 fibre optic interfacemodule converts RS-485 digital datacurrent pulses from the TLI-800network interface module to lightpulses. The light pulses are thencarried over fibre optic cabling toanother TLO-530 where the pulsesare converted back to RS-485 digitaldata current pulses. Two TLO-530modules are required per panel forredundant path star connections
and when using fibre optics in bothdirections of ring and busconnections. Two (2) type 62.5/125fibres between controllers (4 fibreswhen using redundant path starconnections) allow the interface totransmit signals at 38.4 Kbs atdistances as high as 4,000 metresbetween controllers. Up to two units can be fitted into aTLO/TLD Housing which has achassis plate to accommodate theunits.
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 210H x 130W x
30D mmWeight: 460gInput Voltage: 24Vdc
Product Codes557.180.700TLO 530 ThornNet/MXNet fibreoptics interface assembly557.180.148.ATLO/TLD Housing - ADT branded
TLI-800
The key hardware component thatmakes the network possible is theLPCB & UL approved network cardTLI-800. The TLI-800 provides theelectrical/mechanical means toconnect the components of thenetwork to local and remotenetwork signalling circuits.Installation of the TLI-800 issimplified with an edge connectorthat plugs onto the main processorboard of the MX controller. The TLI-800 provides RS-485communications over a twistedshielded pair as a standardconfiguration.
The distance between controllerscan reach 3,000 metres at a speedof 38.4 Kbs using 18AWG twistedshielded cable.It fits within the MX panel housing.Later versions of the MX Panelsoftware will be compatible withThornNet and TFXNet. This uses theTLI/TLK530 network or the TLI-800with different firmware.
Product Codes557.202.026TLI-800 MXNet network nodeinterface module557.200.038TLI-800G ThornNet interface forMXGraph PC c/w 240V PSU andhousing557.180.219MXGraph PC to TLK-530-G & TLI-800G connection cable NOTE: TLK-530 and TLK530-G canbe upgraded to TLI-800 and TLI-800G with a firmware change.
TLO-530
TLD-530
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
CCU3
The CCU3/C-MXMB provides aMODBUS interface to a number ofMX panels on an MXNet. CCU/IOboards may also be connected toprovide general I/O devicesaccessed through the MODBUSinterface.
The CCU3/C-MXMB connects to MXpanels on the MXNet via a TLI-800(TPI) interface card using RS232(PL2 socket). It connects toMODBUS via either RS232, RS485(default) or RS422 connection.Another port allows up to 8 CCU/IOboards to be connected. EachCCU/IO has 8 relay outputs that can
be used as inputs to the MX. Thesecontacts are controlled via WRITEcommands to the MODBUS map.Each CCU/IO also has 8 supervisedinputs whose tatus can be readfrom the MODBUS map. Technical Specifications Input Voltage 18-30VdcCurrent 150mA at
24VdcDimensions 140 x 105 x
15mm
Product Codes557.202.046MX CCU3/C-MXMB MX to MOD Bus Interface
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 45
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
MX Minerva - BridgeThe MX Minerva bridge enables a mix of Minerva and MXPanels anywhere on a shared network to operate as anintegrated system.
Housed in either a MXAPSU17 or MXAPSU38 housing, theMX-Minerva bridge is a translating host converting packetsbetween the Minerva format and the MX format in bothdirections. Flexibility is provided for packet conversion inthe bridge configuration programme.
The bridge comprises of 2 network cards and a translatinghost (CCU).
The MX Minerva bridge can be added to one mixednetwork using both Minerva and MX Nodes or it can beconnected to span between two physically separatednetwork rings, one with Minerva nodes and one with MXnodes.
Technical SpecificationSize: 320x440x120mm (17A/H)
320x440x215mm (38A/H)Input voltage: 120-250VAC - 50/60HzOperating Temp: 8° to +55°CEMC/RFI: EN50130-4
Features• Facilitates Integration of MX & Minerva Systems• Easy Upgrade Path for MINERVA systems
Product Codes557.202.120 MX-Minerva Bridge Kit (17AH)557.202.121 MX Minerva Bridge Kit (38AH)
MX
Min
erva
Brid
ge
MX
Solo
Pa
ne
l
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 46
MINERVA Solo Detection PanelsMX Solo provides an entry level addressable panel with a range of available loop protocols supplied with a MXdigital Loop Technology Loop Card. This can be replaced with the universal card to support Nittan and Apolloprotocols.
Minerva Solo Detection PanelsThe MINERVA SOLO use Tyco MX technology to provide a highly featured yet cost effective fire detection panel. The MINERVA SOLO is a single loop LPCB approvedEN54 compliant detection panel available in 8 and 16 zonemodels.
MINERVA SOLO panels provide a highly featured and fullyapproved alternative to conventional detection systems insmall to medium multi-occupancy, commercial andindustrial buildings. The MINERVA SOLO also allows
systems with existing addressable detectors to beupgraded to the latest panel technology and benefit for theservice and central station monitoring offered by Tycocompanies.
The MINERVA SOLO universal loop card currentlysupports the following protocols:
• Apollo Series 90, XP95 and Discovery protocols• Nittan AS protocol
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 320H x 440W x 120D mmApprox Weight: 7Kg (without batteries)Temp. (Storage): -10 to +55°CTemp. (Operating): -10 to +40°CHumidity: 0 to 95% RHEMC/RFI: EN 50130-4Shock: EN54-2Vibration: EN54-2Colour: Dawn Grey
(BS4800 10A-03)Outputs: 5 Monitored outputs
5A@24VdcRepeater Bus: RS485 Max. 1.2Km
Max.16 repeatersLoop power: 495mA (standard MX loop
card)Battery Capacity: Up to 12Ah (internal)
Up to 17Ah (external)
Features• Single MX DIGITAL loop 8 to 16 zone detection panel• EN54:pt.2 and pt.4 compliant• Auxiliary loop power• MX VIRTUAL detectors • Fully programmable with front panel programming option• Optional integral event printer• 2 x 40 Character text display• Pre-alarm functions• Display of temperature, CO and smoke levels• Supports day/night detection modes• Optional full function repeaters• Optional service upgrade universal loop card
Product CodesUK EUROPE557.300.001MXS 8 Minerva Solo One Loop 8 Zone Panel.557.300.002 542.094MXS 16 Minerva Solo One Loop 16 Zone Panel557.300.005MXS8 Minerva Solo One Loop 8 Zone Panel (Flush)557.300.006MXS16 Minerva Solo One Loop 16 Zone Panel (Flush)557.301.006 542.106Minerva Solo MX Loop Card (Spare)557.301.101Solo Consys-Configuration Software Key forMX/Apollo/Nittan Protocol557.301.012Programming Lead for connecting a laptop to the MinervaSolo557.300.003MXS 8R Minerva Solo Full Function 8 Zone Repeaterwithout PSU557.300.004 542.096MXS 16R Minerva Solo Full Function 16 Zone Repeaterwithout PSU557.301.007.PMXS Loop Card for use with Apollo protocol
(Cont’d on next page)
Chapter 2 - MX Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 47
Chapter 2 - MX Detection PanelsM
X S
olo
Pa
ne
l
Max 1.2Km
220-240Va.c.
Fire output
Fault output
Sounder 1
Sounder 2
Aux. output
MSR Repeater MSR Repeater
ASCII Qwerty Keyboard
Laptop
557.301.102Keyboard
557.301.012Programming Lead
CIM
MX VirtualDetector
ConventionalDetector
Callpoint
Callpoint
Sounders
557.301.005MSP Printer
MXS 8/16
24 Vdc24V.d.c.
SNMMIM
RIM
DIM
LIM
Solo Detection Panel System Schematic
UK EUROPE557.301.007.NMXS Loop Card for use with Nittan protocol557.301.005 542.100MXS/PRN Panel Mount Thermal Printer557.301.011MXS CPU to printer lead557.301.014Spare paper for Panel Mount Thermal Printer (pk5)557.301.102Qwerty Keyboard for programming text descriptions intoMinerva Solo.
542.105Adaptor for PS2 Keyboard to program text descriptions intoSolo.
- 542.107Zettler Solo TU Module
- 542.108Spare Key (1 pair)
Product Codes cont’d
MX
C C
on
ven
tion
al
Pa
ne
l
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 48
Conventional Fire Alarm Panels - BS5839 and EN54MINERVA MXC panels are the first products in a whole new family of fire detection and extinguishing controllers forthe high volume, small systems end of the world-wide fire detection market.
The product design provides a highly featured, low cost product with features incorporated to reduce installationcosts, simplify connection to central alarm monitoring stations and allow service upgrades of old installations.
MINERVA MX Conventional PanelsMINERVA MXC is a range of low cost 2,4, and 8 zone EN54detection panels incorporating the following key featuresand functions.
Power SupplyThe power supply is designed to comply with the lateststandards (EN54pt4) as well as providing full battery back-up capabilities. A re-settable power output enables beamdetectors and other devices to be powered and be resetfrom the panel.• Up to 72 hours standby plus 30 minutes alarm• 2A PSU/charger with 1.5A available for detectors,
sounders (2x500mA) and auxiliary devices (24V 250mA)• Space for 2 x 7Ah batteries internally
Panel FunctionsFor normal operation the MXC requires no configuration.Other typical options can be easily selected on links insidethe controller. An optional advanced programming modechanges the function of the standard user interface toallow powerful bell mapping and delay options, which areonly normally found on much higher priced panels.• One Man Weekly test option• One Man Zone and Sounder walk test• Zone Disable (Isolate) functions• Cross zoning/coincidence on Zones 1 & 2• Bell Mapping• Optional Sounder delays• Optional reset on auxiliary 24V
Inputs and OutputsThe Detection circuits support 2-Stage alarm, Alert andEvacuate, which can be used for different sounderresponses. Whilst auxiliary inputs allow school classchange to be configured to existing installations, signallingfaults to be monitored and non-latching alarms fromlandlord systems to be implemented.
• Detection circuits monitored for detector removal • Tyco 2-Wire sounders can be installed on the detection
zones 1 to 4• Two stage alarms “Alert” and “Evacuate”• Class change input (output follow input)• Non-latching alarm input
• Non-latching fault input• Auxiliary input for signalling fault monitoring• Signalling fire and fault outputs (with optional . monitoring/supervision of the connection)
Input/Output ExpansionAn optional plug in board provides a host of inputs andoutputs for the most complex applications. Eight zonepanels are fitted with this board and the connections for 4 of the detection zones are made on this board, however,this board will not expand a two or four zone unit into aneight zone.
• Additional fire and fault relays.• Up to 8 x Zonal Outputs• Optional remote evacuation/silence and reset inputs for
system integration
FIRE BRIGADE (CS) SIGNALLING AND REMOTEENGINEERINGTwo signalling options are available for UK CentralStations.
MXC-DIGIA plug-in digital dialler which fits inside the panel andprovides fire, fire test and fault signalling.
REDCARE STUThis standard ADT RedCARE STU is also compatible withthe MXC panels.Note: REDCARE is the only LPCB approved signallingsolution for the UK.
MINERVA MXC DEVICESBrandingMINERVA MXC detection panels are supplied with multipletyco business branding for affixing during commissioning(Tyco, ADT, Wormald, Zettler and Thorn branding).Detectors and call-points are also available in thesebrands.
ApprovalsThe MXC range complies with EN54 pt 4.
Features• Approved to EN54 pt 2 & 4• Operates with Tyco Series 600 LPCB Vds approved
detector ranges• 2,4 and 8 zone variants• Tyco 2-Wire sounders on the first 4 detection zones• Supports a plug-in Central Station communicator• Programmable mapping of detection circuits to sounder
circuits. Installation features• Customised zone text insert• Surface or semi-flush mount• Reversible back-box for top or bottom conduit and cable
entry• Terminations that suit up to 2.5mm2 CSA cable
Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 49
Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection PanelsM
XC
Con
ven
tion
al P
an
el
Product Codes508.030.102 MXC104PU UK 4 zone EN54 Control
panel508.030.201 MXC202PU UK 2 zone Tyco-2 Wire EN54
panel508.030.202 MXC204PU UK 4 zone Tyco-2 Wire EN54
panel508.030.203 MXC208PU UK 8 zone Tyco-2 Wire EN54
panel509.030.001 MXC IOP input/output expander card 509.030.005 MXC-DIGI plug-in Scantronic Minicom
communicator and mounting kit.509.030.016 MXC/MXCE Zone End of Line Unit (Pk 8)573.013.301 Fire RedCare STU 24V (Reqs Housing)568.001.007 Housing for Fire RedCare STU 24V573.013.103 Fire Test Buzzer and Key Switch508.030.301 MXC Overlay High Level Programming
Tool
509.030.015 MXC/MXCE spare key (2 off)509.030.019 MXC Relay Card509.030.027 Housing Extension (Metal)509.030.022 Spare MXC 202/204/208 PSU PCB509.030.023 Spare MXC 104 PSU PCB509.030.024 Spare MXC 104/202/204/208 Display
PCB
CB
200 C
on
ven
tion
al
Pa
ne
l
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 50
CB200 (Conventional Control Panel)The new CB200 range of conventional fire panels, are lowcost - high quality panels which provide an excellentproduct solution to meet the differing needs of today’sdiversified marketplace.
The slimline CB200 is specifically intended for use onsimpler, low cost fire alarm installations where it currentlyholds a dominant market position.
The CB200 high quality - low cost conventional panel rangeis housed in a compact aesthetically appealingpolycarbonate enclosure designed for versatility henceallowing for surface or semi-flush mounting.
Each panel in this series is”simple to install, program andoperate”, as reported by satisfied installation engineers andcritical end-users.
Technical InformationThe CB 200 conventional fire panel may be supplied in 1 or2 zone format. All zones and alarm circuits are monitoredfor open and short circuit fault conditions with detectorremoval facility provided as standard. The cabinet willhouse 2 x 12V 2.1 Ah batteries. Comprehensive user controls, including the ability to isolateeach zone, assist in the prevention of unwanted alarmsduring periods of building maintenance or refurbishment. Aslide-in insert is included for clear zone identification.
The cabinet back-box houses only the transformer, thusproviding a virtually empty enclosure for first fix installation.A steel gland plate, removable plastic grommets and amplespace are designed to assist with cable termination. Thesurface-mount electronics motherboard is fitted andterminated after the first fix installation and finally a terminalcover completes the panel installation.
CB200 Panel EnhancementsThe CB200 panel may be enhanced to provide additionalfacilities.
The C1437 alarm module provides the facility to split andcontrol one alarm input into four independent, fullymonitored alarm output circuits. The C1437 has open &short circuit fault monitoring on all alarm circuits (completewith LED indication). Connection between the panel andthe C1437 board is monitored for open and short circuitfaults.
Note If panel enhancements are required, the enhancementboards must be ordered complete with suitableenhancement enclosure and panel. Enhancement boardsand enclosures cannot be ordered as individualcomponent items.
Technical SpecificationPanel Dimensions Height: 245 mmWidth: 313 mmDepth: 92 mm
Features• Built-in detector removal indication facility• Available in 1 or 2 zone format• One-man test facility• Removable cable entry grommets• Compact and stylish design• Surface or Semi-Flush Mounting• User friendly controls• Ample termination space• Poly carbonate enclosure• Supplied with log book/manual• Complies with EMC and LVD Directives• Class Change Input
Enhancement Enclosures2500/220 Enclosure c/w 1A PSU & space for 4 x
C1437 and 2 x C1466 & 6.2AH battery set. Cabinet size - 380H x 600W x 210Dmm.
2500/221 Enclosure c/w 3A PSU & space for 2 x C1324 or 4 x C1437 boards. Cabinet size - 380H x 600W x 210D mm.
2500/222 Enclosure c/w 5A PSU & space for 2 x C1324 or 4 x C1437 boards. Cabinet size - 380H x 600W x 210D mm.
Product Codes2500/383 CB200 1 zone conventional control
panel, CE Marked, space for 2Ah battery set (2 x 12V)
2500/384 CB200 2 zone conventional control panel, CE Marked, space for 2 Ah battery set (2 x 12V)
Panel Enhancement Boards2500/032 C1437 4 way alarm extender board.2500/034 C1466 1 x double pole relay board (1A
contacts - PCB only)
Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 51
Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection PanelsN
T C
on
ven
tion
al P
an
el
NT100 Conventional ControllersThe range of NT100 panels are state-of-the-art intelligentfire panels, which provide many of the features normallyonly found on more expensive analogue addressablepanels. The range of control panels are LPCB approvedto EN54Pt. 2 and 4 and include many local approvalauthorities around the world. The panels are supplied in 8and 16 zone versions. Each detection zone can supportup to 32 conventional detectors.
The user interface is provided through a combination ofLEDs and a 2 x 40 character LCD display. The LCDdisplay provides a full customer definable text display ofthe alarm or fault condition whilst also displaying zones inalarm, fault or isolate status. The display also indicatesthe outputs that have been activated. Each control panelcan have up to a maximum of 3 repeaters.Datasheet - Product Code PSF95 “NT Fire Control Panels”
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 320H x 430W x150DmmWeight: 6.3kgPower Supply: 198 -264VacQuiescent Current: 50mA @ 24VdcAlarm Current: 1A @ 24VdcOperating Temp: 0 to +40°COperating Humidity: 0-90% RH non-condensing
Features• LPCB & ANPI (BOSEC) approved to EN54 Parts 2 and 4• Customer friendly, multi language information on LCD
display/Comprehensive fault diagnostics• 8 and 16 zone Panels/4 monitored Relay outputs• Can be used with a wide range of approved detectors• Detector removal monitoring• 4 monitored Sounder outputs up to 4A• 3 programmable auxiliary inputs/One common fault relay• 3 levels of alarm discriminations per zone• Internal batteries (up to 12Ah)• Programmable cause and effect/Programmable user
access level/Manned/ unmanned mode• Can interface to intrinsically safe System 601• Optional fireman's interface/Optional printer/Optional
repeater units• Optional I/O expansion board • 16 digital outputs or 16 relay output options
Optional Product CodesThe following product codes include all the optional extraswhich can be included as part of your customer.,srequirements. Additional spare parts are also included.
509.022.001 NT100 Series Spare Commissioning Kit Included With All Panels
509.022.008 PRN-02 Spare Printer Paper For PRN-01 (Supplied one per pack)
509.022.011 NT100 Spare PSU For NT,NTR & NTFVariants
509.022.013 NT Flush Mount Bezel Ancillaries 509.022.021 NT/NTR/NTF CPU Board V1.9 Spare 509.022.033 NT/NTR/NTF Display PCB spare
Standard Fire Control Panel Standard Fire Repeater PanelCountry NT108 NT116 NT116RU.K. 508.022.008 508.022.016 508.022.038Spain - 508.022.019 -Holland 508.022.010 508.022.018 508.022.044
Fire Panels with Integral Fireman’s InterfaceCountry NTF08 NTF16Holland 508.022.042 508.022.043
NT
Pa
ne
l O
pti
on
al
Mod
ule
s
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 52
NTX-02 16 Way Relay Output Board
NTX-02 16 Way Relay Output Board(24Vdc@1A) Requires NTX-01Expansion Board
Product Code509.022.004
NTX-03 16 Way Digital Output DriverBoard - Requires NTX-01 ExpansionBoard
Product Code509.022.005
PRN-01 Optional Integral Printer foruse with NT & NTF ControllerVariants
Product Code509.022.007
NTX-03 16 Way Digital Output Driver Board
PRN-01 Optional Integral Printer
NTX-01 4 Way Expansion Board
NTX-01 4 Way Expansion Board -Supplied Fitted to the NTF And NTRControllers. Also Supports NTX-02,03,04 Expansion Boards
Product Code509.022.003
NTX-04 16 Way Digital Input Board
NTX-04 16 Way Digital Input Boardfor use on Special NT ControllerVariants only
Product Code509.022.006
Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 53
Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection PanelsN
TR
Extin
gu
ish
ing
Con
trolle
r
NTR100 Conventional Extinguishing ControllersThe range of NTR gas release panels are state-of-the-artintelligent panels, which enable a wide variety of gasrelease applications to be implemented. The panel isprovided with default settings to suit most INERGEN®,FM200™ and CO2 applications and can be programmed tosuit most other gas releasing applications. For compatibilitywith latest standards the panel complies with all relevantparts of EN54 part 2 and 4. The NTR panel is designed tocomply with BS7273 and can be installed to fully complywith BS5839 Pt 1 and BS6266.System Operation (Default UK Operation)Stage 1 - The panel stays in Stage1 Fire Alarm until the fireor false alarm source is removed and the panel is reset orStage 2 ensues.
Stage 2 - The panel stays in Stage 2 for 30 seconds(adjustable) to provide a Pre-release Warning during whichtime the HOLD or ABORT sequences can be initiated.Stage 3 - The panel remains in Stage 3 Gas Release for thesolenoid firing time or until the release confirmation isreceived from the High Pressure Switch.Stage 4 - The panel remains in the Fire Alarm condition andindicates the gas released message until the system issilenced and reset. Failure to receive a release confirmationwill initiate a fault.The user interface is provided through a combination ofLEDs and a 2 x 40 character LCD display. The LCD displayprovides a full customer definable text display of the alarmor fault condition whilst also displaying zones in alarm, faultor isolate status. The display also indicates the outputs thathave been activated.
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 320H x 430W x 150D mmWeight: 6.3kgPower Supply: 198 -264Va.c.Quiescent Current: 50mA @ 24VdcAlarm Current: 1A @ 24VdcOperating Temp: 0 to +40°COperating Humidity: 0-90% RH non-condensingNote: The NTR is compatible with the T500 range of ancillaries.
Features
Optional Product CodesThe following product codes include all the optional extras which can beincluded as part of your customer's requirements. Additional spare parts arealso included.
NTR-08 NTR-16Single Area Dual Area508.022.003 - UK- 508.022.021 Dutch508.022.001 - Finnish508.022.002 - Swedish509.022.001 NT100 Series Spare Commissioning Kit
Included With All Panels509.022.007 PRN-01 Optional Integral Printer For Use
With All NT Controller Variants 509.022.008 PRN-02 Spare Printer Paper For PRN-01
supplied one per pack.509.022.011 NT100 Spare PSU For NT,NTR & NTF
Variants509.022.013 NT Flush Mount Bezel 509.022.033 NT/NTR/NTF Display PCB Spare
Extinguishing Ancillaries Compatibility Matrix
T510 T525 T526 T528 T529 T561 T563 T564 E1 E3 I3 I4
No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• ANPI (BOSEC) Approved/Comprehensive fault diagnostics• Customer friendly, multi language information on LCD
display/2 monitored Sounder outputs up to 4A• Manual release zone - direct to stage 2• Can be used with a wide range of approved detectors• Detector removal monitoring/Optional Auto/Manual key
switches/Optional remote hold and abort• 2 monitored Solenoid circuits/4 monitored Relay outputs• 3 programmable auxiliary inputs• 3 levels of alarm discriminations per zone• One common fault relay/Internal batteries (up to 12Ah)• Programmable cause and effect and user access levels• Can interface to intrinsically safe System 601• High and Low pressure monitoring• Initial/Reserve changeover facility/Optional Door Interlock• Optional I/O expansion board • 16 digital outputs or 16 relay output options
NT
R E
xtin
gu
ish
ing
Con
troll
er
Sch
em
ati
cs
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 54
NTR - Typical Wiring Schematic for Single Area Panels
Extinguishant Schematic Configuration with Extinguishant Solenoid Extinguishant Schematic Configuration with Pilot Container Solenoid
Extinguishant Initial/Reserve Schematic with Extinguishant Solenoid
Typical Extinguishing Gas Release Applications
PRESSURE SWITCHES
Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 55
Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection PanelsM
XC
E E
xting
uis
hin
g C
on
trolle
r
MXCE Conventional Fire Detection & Extinguishing Controller The self-contained MXCE panel provides all the requiredmonitoring and control functions to install a complete firedetection, alarm and extinguishing system. The MXCET550 controller supports 4 detection zones. Coincidenceoperation is available as standard on zones 1 and 2.Zones 3 and 4 can be used for extinguishing (coincidence)or as independent fire alarm zones.
The exceptionally priced T550 controller is designed as afeature enhanced, aesthetically modern replacement forthe current, more expensive and heavily dated T530 andT520 Extinguishing panels. Additionally, the introduction of2-wire sounder capability (detectors and sounders on thesame 2-wire circuit) to the extinguishing systems marketwill achieve significant cost and installation savings.
Installation FeaturesThe MXCE offers flexible mounting arrangements, witheasily removable door, multiple conduit entries and largeterminations, designed specifically for simplifiedinstallation.• Reversible back-box for top or bottom conduit and cableentry• Surface or semi-flush mount• Terminations that suit up to 2.5mm2 CSA cablePower SupplyThe power supply is designed to comply with the lateststandard (EN54 pt4). The internal mains PSU provides allpower plus charging and monitoring of the 2 x 12V leadacid batteries (up to 7 Ah).• 1.8A PSU/Charger for detection and output loads• Panel battery capacity - 2 x 7Ah batteries internally
Panel Functions• Coincidence operation zones 1 and 2• Optional coincidence operation on zones 3 and 4• Auto/Manual select
• 2-wire sounders (on the detection zones)• Configurable release delay and solenoid pulse
Inputs and Outputs• 4 zones• First stage sounders (sounder circuit 1 and 2-wire . sounders)• Second stage sounders (sounder circuit 2)• Mode-select Auto/Manual input• Extinguishing Disable input• Hold button input• Abort button input• High and low pressure extinguishant monitor inputs• Manual electrical release input• Signalling fault monitor• Fire and fault relays• Mode select/status indication• Mimic inputs (silence/reset/evacuate)• Door interlocks• Status Outputs to external equipment
MXC-DIGIA uniquely designed plug-in digital dialler whichfits inside the panel and provides fire, fire test and fault signalling.
SoundersEach MXCE zone can support up to sixteen Tyco 2-wire sounders, which can be any combination of Tyco 602SBD sounder base units or wall mounted Symphoni Sounders.
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 332w x 240H x 100(mm)Weight: 6.8kg (inc 7Ah Batteries)Temperature:(Operating) 0°to 40°CMains Voltage: 230 Vac 50HZ
Features• Operates with Tyco 600 Series Conventional Detectors• All zones support Tyco 2-wire sounders• T550 supports up to 3 x T563 or T564 remote Status
Indicators• Uniquely supports plug-in Central Station communicator
within the panel unit• Designed to comply with BS7273 and EN54 pts 2 & 4 • Can be installed to meet the requirements of BS5839
pt1• MXCE LED display replaces T530 filaments - reduces
associated maintenance and time costs• Aesthetically pleasing design - 332W x 240H x 100Dmm
Product Codes508.030.502 MXCE T550 4 zone conventional
extinguishing controller509.030.005 MXC-DIGI Plug-in Scantronic Minicom
Communicator and mounting kit.509.030.016 MXCE Zone End of Line Unit (Pk 8)509.030.015 MXCE Spare Key (2 off)509.030.027 Housing Extension (Metal)
Extinguishing Ancillaries Compatibility Matrix
T510 T525 T526 T528 T529 T561 T563 T564 E1 E3 I3 I4
No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No
Pre
scie
nt
II E
xtin
gu
ish
ing
Con
troll
er
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 56
Prescient II (Conventional Extinguishing Controllers)The prescient range of extinguishant panels is a powerfulyet user-friendly series of control panels. They aredesigned and manufactured to a high standard and provideunrivaled value for money by offering a highly featuredpanel at a lower market price.
Each panel in this series has extensive configurationoptions but remains “simple to install, program andoperate” as reported by satisfied installation engineers andcritical end-users.
A comprehensive range of technically detailed, supportdocumentation relating to commission-ing, operating,maintenance and fault finding is easily available if required.In addition, a complete range of compatible accessories isavailable to support the series and satisfy most customerrequirements. The prescient range of extinguishing panelsis available in two variants - either as a gaseousextinguishant panel or a pre-action water sprinkler panel. Steel parts are finished in a hard-wearing epoxy paint.Three fully - monitored detection zones are provided. Zones1 and 2 normally provide first stage and second stage fireconditions to allow extinguishant discharge (double-knockzones). Zone 3 is an auxiliary zone for detection onlypurposes. Zone 4 is used as a manual release zone.
Two fully monitored alarm circuits are provided, each ratedat 1A and may have various configuration options via theengineers’ DIL switch settings. Two fully monitored actuator/solenoid circuits, each rated at
1A, operate simultaneously upon “extinguishant release”.The panel can be operated in either automatic mode ormanual mode. In the manual mode, the detection circuitswill continue to operate, giving first stage alarms andsignals to ancillary equipment, but will not automaticallyactuate the extinguishing systems. This mode can only beoverridden by the operation of a manual release unit. Onoperation of the manual release, a separate or differentsounder could be activated. In the automatic mode,following a double knock situation, the release facility willbe activated at the end of the delay time period. The panel provides a 0.25 A output at 28V DC to operateinterior/ exterior status indicator units. Additional outputsare also provided for timer held and emergency abortoperated, each rated at 100mA.
Eight normally - open inputs provide for remote evacuate,silence alarms, system reset, lock-off input, low pressureinput, gas discharged pressure switch input, timer holdand emergency abort. Clean contact relays are providedfor first stage signalling, second stage signalling, systemreset, common fire, common fault and system discharged.Please note that in contrast to the T530, the stand alone“abort” button feature is not compatible with this panel.Panels are boxed complete with three-sticker sets allowinguser selection and application on site.
Technical SpecificationPanel DimensionsHeight: 370mmWidth: 325mmDepth: 130mm
Features• Suitable for gaseous extinguishing & pre-action
water sprinkling systems/Designed to BS7273 Part 1• Monitored actuator/solenoid release• Comprehensive relay signalling facilities • Easily removable chassis/Single or Double knock
operation/Intrinsically Safe Barrier Settings. • Adjustable pre-discharge delay/Variable discharge
configuration• Membrane facia with tactile switches• Complies with EMC and LVD Directives• 1 minute actuator cut off position/Zone isolate features• 1st and 2nd Stage Relay Facilities/Metron or Solenoid
compatible/Gas Discharge & Reset Relay Facilities• Option for inhibit silence alarms when gas is imminent• Option for rapid buzzer pulse when gas is imminent
Product Codes2500/120 Status indicator complete with manual
release, auto/manual keyswitch, remoteabort and timer hold; maximum load - 3per panel.
2500/051 Weatherproof 3 way status indicator;maximum load - 1 per panel.
2500/052 Weatherproof 3 way status indicator withkey switch; maximum load - 1 per panel.
2501/025 Manual release unit.2501/028 Weatherproof manual release unit (IP65).
Prescient II Gaseous Extinguishing Panel 2500/930 Prescient gaseous extinguishing panel -
2 extinguishing zones, programmablecoincidence, 1 manual release zone, 1peripheral zone; space for 7 Ah batteryset (2 x 12V).
Prescient Pre-Action Water Sprinkler Extinguishing Panel2500/045 Prescient pre-action water sprinkler
extinguishing panel - 2 extinguishingzones, programmable coincidence, 1manual release zone, 1 peripheral zone;space for 7Ah battery set (2 x 12v)
Extinguishing System Extras2500/119 Status indicator; maximum load - 8 per
panel.
Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 57
Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection PanelsE
xting
uis
hin
g C
on
trolle
r An
cilla
ries
T510 Changeover Keyswitch
The T510 is a manual keyswitchoperated unit for use onextinguishing systems. The unitallows manual changeover betweenMAIN and RESERVE cylinder banksand includes an OFF position thatdisables the operation of thesolenoids. The T510 also provides afault relay, which monitors thesolenoid and solenoid wiring. TheT510 is provided with 2 keys.
Technical SpecificationInput power supply: 24Vdc nominalCurrent consumption:Standby -50mA Fault - 15mA Release -65mA (excluding solenoid)Fault relay: Changeover contact
1A@30V d.c.Solenoids: Switched positive for
24VDimensions: 196H x 196W x90DmmWeight: 2 KgOperating Temp: -10 to +55oC Humidity: up to 95% RH
non-condensing
EMC/RFI: CE markedProduct Code526.001.016.T
T510 Extinguishing - Main ToReserve Changeover Unit - Thornbranded Datasheet - Product Code PSF30“T530 Fire Detection & ExtinguishingSystems Control Unit” Manual - 18A-04-D1 “Fire Detection Manual”
A four way status indicator andmode select keyswitch for use withextinguishing controllers. In additionto the indications provided on theT563, the T564 has a mode selectkeyswitch and LED indicator toidentify which units initiated themanual mode.
The T564 provides the followingfeatures:- • Clear Visual Indications• Modern design to compliment
all Interiors• LED Visual Indicators• Removable mode select key to
provide functional security
• Compatible with standard UKdouble gang
electrical back boxes
Technical SpecificationInput Power Supply: 24Vdc
nominalCurrent Consumption: 30mA
per LEDDimensions: 86W x 146Hmm
Product Code508.030.504
MXCE T564 Indicator Status Unit with ModeSelect Switch
Extinguishing Ancillaries Compatibility Matrix T510 T564 T563
S1700 Yes No NoNTR100 No Yes YesMXCE No Yes Yes
T564 Extinguishing System Status Indicator and Mode Select Switch
A microswitch lock keep can beused with a deadlock to provide asignal to the T525 mode select unitor direct to the panel to ensure thatthe extinguishing system is only putinto Automatic mode when the dooris locked shut.
Datasheet - Product Code PSF30“T530 Fire Detection & ExtinguishingSystems Control Unit” Manual - 18A-04-D1 “Fire DetectionManual”
Product Codes527.001.028
Micro-switch Lock Keep & Back-plate For Deadlock527.001.003Top Hat Frangible Insert (Spare)527.001.013Frangible Washers (Spare)599.001.012Lamp 28V 60mA Used On T525
A three way status Indicator for use with extinguishing controllerswhich provides indication ofautomatic/manual mode and gasreleased. The T563 provides thefollowing features:-
•Clear Visual Indications•Modern Design to compliment all
Interiors•LED Visual Indicators•Compatible with standard UK
single gang electrical back boxes
Technical SpecificationInput Power Supply: 24 Vdc nominalCurrent Consumption: 30mA perLEDDimensions: 86 x 86mmProduct Code508.030.503
MXCE T563 Indicator Status Unit
Extinguishing Ancillaries Compatibility Matrix
E1 E3 I3 I4
S1700 Yes Yes Yes Yes
NTR100 Yes Yes Yes Yes
MXCE No No No No
T563 Extinguishing System Status Indicator
Extinguishing Door Interlock Ancillaries & T500 Series Spares
Extinguishing Panel Ancilliaries
Ext
ing
uis
hin
g C
on
troll
er
An
cil
lari
es
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 58
These manual release units providea robust module with a hinged flapretained by frangible washers whichensures that there is an audit trailfollowing a manual release.The T528 provides access to a pullhandle which can be connected tothe release levers on the gascontainers using wire rope.
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 71H x 71W x
64D (max) mmWeight: 100gEnvironmental: IP54
Product Codes526.001.018T528 Mechanical ManualExtinguishing Release Unit -Unbranded527.001.013Spare Frangible Washers (Pack of25)Datasheet - Product Code PSF30“T530 Fire Detection & ExtinguishingSystems Control Unit”Manual - 18A-04-D1 “Fire Detection”
The T526 and T529 are largemushroom head robust pushbuttons for use on any extinguishingrelease system, although integralresistors are fitted to suit T520, T530and NTR panels. The switch isdouble pole for maximum reliability.These switches can be surface orflush mounted using standard UKstyle single gang electrical backboxes. Operation will vary according to thepanel used. Typically on the T520and T530 release of gas is held foras long as the T526 HOLD switch isdepressed. If the switch remainsdepressed for more than 4 minutesin the quiescent mode then a faultcondition is raised. The T529 ABORTswitch will typically revert the systemback to Manual mode.
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 71H x 71W x
64D (max) mmWeight: 100gEnvironmental: Designed for
indoor use
Product Codes526.001.019T526 Extinguishing Release HoldButton Unit - Unbranded526.001.020T529 Extinguishing Abort Button Unit- UnbrandedDatasheet - Product Code PSF30“T530 Fire Detection & ExtinguishingSystems Control Unit” Manual - 18A-04-D1 “Fire Detection Manual”
T526 HOLD & T529 ABORT Switch Unit
T528 Mechanical Manual Release Unit
T561 Electrical Manual Release Unit
A stand alone manual extinguishantrelease unit with selectable activationand end of line resistors making theT561 compatible with MXCE,Prescient, System 1700 and NTRExtinguishing Panels.
Product Code509.030.117T561 ExtinguishingRelease ManualCallpoint.
Extinguishing Ancillaries Compatibility Matrix
T526 T529 T528 T561
S1700 Yes Yes Yes Yes
NTR100 Yes Yes Yes Yes
MXCE Yes Yes Yes Yes
E3 Red/Amber/Green lamp unit Heavy Duty IP67 Cast AluminiumSurface Mount Lamp Unit Three24Vdc lamps: Red labelled 'Extinguishing SystemOperated'
Amber labelled 'ExtinguishingSystem Automatic Control'Green labelled 'Extinguishing SystemManual Control'
Product Code540.007.002E3 Red/Amber/Green lamp unit 599.001.029Spare Bulb for E1/E3 24V-5W
E1 Single Red lamp unitSingle 24V d.c. red lamp labelled'Extinguishing System Operated'
Product Code540.007.001E1 Single Red lamp unitHeavy Duty IP67 Cast AluminiumSurface Mount Lamp Unit
I3 Red/Amber/Green lamp unitSealed IP67 ABS Surface MountLamp UnitThree 24V d.c. lamps:Red labelled 'Gas Released'Amber labelled 'Auto'Green labelled 'Manual'
Product Codes540.007.007I4 lamp unit as I3 includingauto/manual keyswitch540.007.006I3 Red/Amber/Green lamp unit
Weatherproof Extinguishing Indicator Units
Technical Specification Dimensions:H(mm) W(mm) D(mm)
E1 100 100 115E3 300 100 115I3 230 75 75I4 230 75 75
Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 59
Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection PanelsT
1000 M
arin
e P
an
el
Conventional Marine PanelsThe range of T1000 panels are state-of-the-art intelligent fire panels, which provide many of the features normallyonly found on more expensive analogue addressable panels.
T1000 Marine Fire ControllerThe panels are supplied in 8 and 16 zone versions. Eachdetection zone can support up to 32 conventionaldetectors. The user interface is provided through acombination of LEDs and a 2 x 40 character LCD display.
The LCD display provides a full customer definable textdisplay of the alarm or fault condition whilst also displaying
zones in alarm, fault or isolate status. The display alsoindicates the outputs that have been activated.
Datasheet - Product Code PSF96 “T1000 Intelligent ControlPanels”
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 320H x 430W x 150D mmWeight: 6.3kgPower Supply: 198 -264Va.c.Quiescent Current: 50mA @ 24VdcAlarm Current: 1Amp @ 24VdcOperating Temp: 0 to +40°COperating Humidity: 0-90% RH non-condensing
Features• Developed for Vessels with less than 300 Detectors• Approved by all Major Marine Authorities• Customer friendly, multi language information on LCD
display/One common fault relay• Comprehensive fault diagnostics• 8 and 16 zone Panels • Can be used with a wide range of Minerva Marine
approved Detectors• 4 monitored Sounder outputs up to 4A• 4 monitored Relay outputs• 3 programmable auxiliary inputs• 3 levels of alarm discriminations per zone• Programmable cause and effect• Can interface to intrinsically safe System 601
Product Codes508.022.035 T1008 8 zone marine NT conventional
fire Controller508.022.036 T1016 16 zone marine NT conventional
fire Controller508.022.037 T1016R repeater for use with T1008 &
T1016
Optional Product CodesThe following product codes include allthe optional extras which can beincluded as part of your customer'srequirements. Additional spare parts arealso included.509.022.001NT100 Series Spare Commissioning KitIncluded With All Panels509.022.003NT100 4 Way Expansion Board - SupportNTX-02,03,04 Expansion Boards 509.022.004NT100 16 Way Relay Output Board(24Vdc@1A) Requires NTX-01 ExpansionBoard509.022.005NT100 16 Way Digital Output DriverBoard - Requires NTX-01 ExpansionBoard
509.022.010Spare PSU For T1000509.022.013NT Flush Mount Bezel509.022.015T1000 Display PCB Spare 509.022.016T1000 CPU board V1.9 spare509.022.024T1000R CPU board V1.9R spare509.022.018Class B EMC Modification Kit
Pre
ce
pt
Ma
rin
e P
an
el
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 60
Precept Marine Fire ControllerThis marine approved range is designed and manufacturedto a high standard and approved by Lloyds Register toBS5839 part 4 and to Marine ENV1 & ENV2.
Each panel in this series offers extensive configurationoptions, in combination with simplicity of panel installation,programming and operation. This is supported bycomprehensive documentation relating to commissioning,operation, maintenance and fault identification.
The precept marine panel is supplied in 2, 4, 8,16 or 32-zone formats. Panels are housed in well-designedenclosures with partially glazed doors. Steel parts arefinished in durable epoxy paint. The motherboard anddisplay electronics are fixed to a detachable chassis, thusfacilitating a completely empty enclosure for first fixinstallation. The motherboard is microprocessor-based andincludes all of the panel’s electronics.
Top-entry plastic grommets, bottom-rear entry plasticgrommets (for mains) and rear-entry knockouts aredesigned to assist with cable termination. All panels aredesigned for use with marine-approved detectors.All zones are monitored for both open and short circuit faultconditions. To enable compliance with BS5839 part 1,active end of line terminators are provided to enabledetector removal to be monitored, whilst maintaining fireresponse from the remaining detectors. Two alarm circuitsare provided as standard, monitored for both open andshort circuit faults.Two changeover relay contacts operate on any firecondition and latch until reset. One non-latchingchangeover relay contact operates on any fault condition.Zero volt open collector outputs are provided for zonal fireconditions and common fault. Three normally open inputsprovide for remote evacuate, silence alarms and resetcontrol.
Features• Lloyds approved to BS5839 part 4, ENV 1 and ENV 2• 2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 zone variants • 230V/24V dual supply options• A one-man test facility• User-friendly controls• Easily-removable chassis• Membrane facia with tactile switches• Removable cable-entry grommets• Zonal and relay outputs• Non-latching zone 1 feature• Selectable pulsed/continuous sounder outputs• For use with Marine Approved accessories• Complies with EMC and LVD Directives
Product CodesPrecept Marine 230V Panel2500/774 Precept Marine 2 zone control
panel - Lloyds approved to ENV 1 & 2.Space for 3.2Ah S.L.A battery set (2 x12V)
2500/775 Precept Marine 4 zone control panel - Lloyds approved to ENV 1 & 2.Space for 3.2Ah S.L.A battery set (2 x12V)
2500/776 Precept Marine 8 zone control panel - Lloyds approved to ENV 1& 2.Space for 6.2Ah S.L.A battery set (2 x12V)
2500/777 Precept Marine 16 zone control panel - Lloyds approved to ENV 1 & 2.Space for 6.2Ah S.L.A battery set (2 x12V)
2500/778 Precept Marine 32 zone control panel - Lloyds approved to ENV 1&2.Space for 6.2Ah S.L.A battery set (2 x12V)
Precept Marine 24V Panel 2500/755 Precept Marine 2 zone control panel -
Lloyds approved to ENV 1 & 2 . Usesship’s own primary & secondary 24V DCsupplies. Space for 3.2Ah S.L.A. batteryset (2 x12V)
2500/756 Precept Marine 4 zone control panel -Lloyds approved to ENV 1&2. Usesship’s own primary & secondary 24V DCsupplies. Space for 3.2Ah S.L.A batteryset (2 x 12V).
2500/757 Precept Marine 8 zone control panel -Lloyds approved to ENV 1&2. Usesship’s own primary & secondary 24V DCsupplies. Space for 6.2Ah S.L.A batteryset (2 x 12V).
2500/758 Precept Marine 16 zone control panel -Lloyds approved to ENV 1&2. Usesship’s own primary & secondary 24V DCsupplies. Space for 6.2Ah S.L.A batteryset (2 x 12V).
2500/759 Precept Marine 32 zone control panel - Lloyds approved to ENV 1& 2. Uses ship’s own primary & secondary 24V DC supplies.
Size 2-4 zones 8-zones 16 zones 32 zones
Height 310mm 370mm 445mm 445mm
Width 290mm 326mm 405mm 810mm
Depth 106mm 106mm 109mm 109mm
Panel Dimensions
Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 61
Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection PanelsT
680 M
arin
e C
ha
ng
e O
ver U
nit
T680 Marine Power Change Over UnitThe T680 power changeover unit derives power for theT880 and T881 control panels. The unit takes primarypower from the ship's AC supply and provides a standbysupply from the ship's 24Vdc system i.e. the unit does notcharge any internal batteries. The T680 unit provides asmooth changeover from primary to secondary supply andvice-versa.
It signals main and standby supply failure signals to theT88x control equipment. It also incorporates a dimmingcircuit for the lamps of the controller.
The interface to the control panel is made with a six coreconnection. The unit is approved by a variety of marineauthorities.
Technical SpecificationOperating temp: -25°C to +70°CStorage temp: -25°C to +70°CHumidity: 95% RH non-condensingMains Supply: 120/240Va.c. ± 20%
at 50/60Hz Standby Supply: 24Vdc (must not exceed
32Vdc)The T680 unit is normally mounted onto a bulkhead usingthe H frame bracket. A bezel for 19" rack mounting isavailable. The housing has two removable gland plates(top and bottom) for cable access.Housing is zinc plated 1.6mm thick mild steel to BS 1706
ZN3.Finish is zinc plated and painted to P.S. 121.121.022.Dimensions: 267H x 398W x 150D mmIngress Protection: IP53Weight: 17Kg (with bracket)
13.5Kg (without bracket)
Product Codes508.013.016 T680 Power changeover unit509.013.026 T680 Spares kit
Manual - UHM3 “Marine Fire Manual”
Se
ale
d L
ea
d A
cid
Ba
tte
rie
s
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 62
Batteries, PSU and Door Release UnitsExtensive range of sealed lead acid (SLA) batteries utilising a robust sealed construction.
Product CodesPS-610 6 Volt 1.0 Ampere
hour rechargeablesealed lead acidbattery
PS-1230 12 Volt 3.0 Amperehour rechargeablesealed lead acidbattery
PS-1270 12 Volt 7.0 Amperehour rechargeablesealed lead acidbattery
PS-630 6 Volt 3.0 Amperehour rechargeablesealed lead acidbattery
PS-1212 12 Volt 1.2 Amperehour rechargeablesealed lead acidbattery
PS-12650 12 Volt 65.0 Amperehour rechargeablesealed lead acidbattery
PS-12380 12 Volt 38.0 Amperehour rechargeablesealed lead acidbattery
PS-6100 6 Volt 10.0 Amperehour rechargeablesealed lead acidbattery
PS-12170 12 Volt 17.0 Amperehour rechargeablesealed lead acidbattery
PS-612 6 Volt 1.3 Amperehour rechargablesealed lead acidbattery
PS-12240 12 Volt 24.0 Amperehour rechargeablesealed lead acidbattery
PS-1242 12 Volt 4.5 Amperehour rechargeablesealed lead acidbattery
PS-12120 12 Volt 12.0 Amperehour rechargeablesealed lead acidbattery
PS-1219 12 Volt 1.9 Amperehour rechargeablesealed lead acidbattery
PS-640 6 Volt 4.5 Amperehour rechargablesealed lead acidbattery.
Product Codes Voltage (V) Ah at Dimensions (mm) Height including20h rate Length Width Height Terminals
PS-610 6 1.0 51 42 51 56PS-1230 12 3.0 134 67 60 66PS-1270 12 7.0 151 65 94 98PS-630 6 3.0 134 34 60 65PS-1212 12 1.2 97 42 51 54PS-12650 12 65.0 348 167 178 178PS-12380 12 38.0 197 165 170 170PS-6100 6 10.0 151 51 94 98PS-12170 12 17.0 181 76 167 167PS-612 6 1.3 97 24 51 56PS-12240 12 24.0 166 177 125 125PS-1242 12 4.5 90 70 101 105PS-12120 12 12.0 151 98 94 100PS-1219 12 1.9 178 34 60 68PS-640 6 4.5 70 47 102 108
Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 63
Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection PanelsD
oor R
ele
ase
Eq
uip
me
nt
Door Release Equipment
Door Release Magnet Set 24Vdc Product Code518.004.005
Door Release Magnet
Door Release Magnet Set 240Va.c. Product Code518.004.004
High quality door release magnet sets complete withkeeper plate.
Technical Specification
Power Supply: 24Vdc 240Vac
Dimensions: 100H x 100W x 64D mm
Weight: 0.51Kg
Holding Force: 18Kg
IP Rating: IP40
Temp: -10°C to +55°C
Current: 60mA 25mA
The Transformer Rectifier is a dualpurpose, smoothed power supplyproviding either an energised or de-energised output upon activation.The output may be activated byutilising a set of volt free contactsfrom a fire or security panel, or byproviding a 12/24Vdc trigger voltagefrom other apparatus. Thetransformer rectifier units arenormally used to control theoperation of other 24Vdc equipment
such as the magnetic door retainers.The units are ideal for applicationswhere the supply is to be energisedfrom a remote source.
Technical SpecificationInput: 240VacOutput: 24Vdc 3ADimensions: 200H x 255W x
100Dmm
Product Code558.004.008TRR-243 3A Door Release PSU
Product Code40-103Door release unit 24Vdc with keeperplate
Product Code40-104Door release unit240Va.c. with keeperplate
Product Code40-105Floor mounting brackets for 40-103/104
Door Release Units
Door Release Power Supply
Technical Specification - Door Release Units
40-103 40-104Dimensions: 85H x 85W x 46D mmArmature Dims: Dia 72mm x 21mm deepVoltage: 24Vdc 240Va.c.Hold Force: 17Kg 20KgCurrent: 60mA 20mAResidual Magnetism: 5% 5%
Door Release Button
Door Release Button supplied withsurface mount backbox for manualrelease of door magnets or DRU’s.
Product Code519.001.008Door Release button
‘C’
Ra
ng
e C
ha
rge
rs a
nd
Hou
sin
gs
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 64
General Power Supply Units
C Range Chargers
The C2400 series power supplyequipment provides primary andsecondary power for fire alarmsystems. The power supply consistsof an AC supply operated charger, astand-by sealed lead-acid batteryand an attractive housing. Undernormal conditions, the chargerprovides all the system power andmaintains the battery in the chargedcondition. When the AC supply fails,the stand-by battery takes over.
Features• A range of chargers and housings
to suit different systemconfigurations
• May be used with bothconventional and analogueaddressable fire systems
• Large aluminium heatsinkeliminates need for unsightlyventilation grills
• Temperature compensated outputensures correct charging voltageat all times
• Automatic protection for short-circuit conditions is designed toprevent damage
• Optional voltmeter and ammeter
Technical SpecificationOperating Temp: -20
oC to+55
oC
Storage Temp.: -20oC to+70
oC
Relative Humidity: 95% RH non-condensing
Output Voltage: 27Vdc
Product Code558.004.006C Range charger 24V 4 Amp
The housing can be supplied with anammeter and voltmeter if required.An ‘AC supply on’ indicator is fitted.
Technical SpecificationType D: 420H x 436W x 210D mm
Holds charger and up to 2x 38Ah sealed batteries at 24Vdc
Product Codes558.004.013Housing Type D complete withmeters558.004.014Housing Type D without meters
The housing can be supplied with anammeter and voltmeter if required.An ‘AC supply on’ indicator is fitted.
Technical SpecificationType C: 290H x 416W x 160D mm
Holds charger and up to 2x 12Ah sealed batteries at 24Vdc
Product Codes558.004.015Housing Type C complete withmeters558.004.016Housing Type C without meters
Datasheet - Product Code PSF25 “C2400 Series Power Supply Unit”Manual - FSSD-4.1.4.1 “Fire Detection Manual”
Housing Type D
Housing Type C
Chapter 3 - Conventional Detection Panels
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 65
Chapter 4 - MX Virtual Multi-Sensor DetectorsM
X A
dd
ressa
ble
De
tecto
rs
MX Virtual Multi-Sensor Detectors The 800 Series are addressable multi-sensor fire, smoke and heat detectors, which can be implemented as severalMX VIRTUAL detectors by the MX detection panel.
801 and 811 Series Detectors
The 801 and 811 Series are designed and approved toEN54, the 801 Series carry land based approvals and the811 Series also carry Marine approvals.The 812 Series are designed and approved to ULspecifications and the 814 Series to Australian SSLspecifications.The 800 Series of MX VIRTUAL detectors provide the latestfire detection technology in an attractive cost effectivepackage.
Installation & Service FeaturesThe 800 Series MX VIRTUAL detectors include a host ofinstallation and service features which are provided toreduce installation and service costs and reduce repairtimes.• Standard bases with multiple mounting options
speed and simplify installation• Unique ‘park’ position for commissioning and service
procedures.• Detector Addressing programmed from the MX
SERVICE Tool or MX Panel• Address flag – fixed to the base to prevent mix ups
during service• Compatible with Tyco 600 and 900 Series bases – for
easy upgrade• Panel Auto-Config and Self learn functions – supported
by the detectors• Detector Service functions allow 800 Series detectors to
be automatically addressed • Full range of remote installation and service tools • Dirty Detector Read-out can be viewed on the MX
SERVICE tool or panel.• Serial Number and Manufacturing data is also available
from the MX SERVICE tool.
Construction & Technical SpecificationThe 800 Series detectors are supplied in an extremelyrobust and reliable fully sealed construction, which has Allundergone stringent environmental and Marine typetesting. Electrical contacts are moulded into the plastic toeliminate any movement.
The detectors are constructed from hardwearing FireResistant FR110 plastic.The multi-sensor detectors are environmentally friendly.They use no radioactive parts and can be returned to thefactory for recycling at the end of their life.All 800 Series detectors are supplied with integral dustcovers as part of the packaging. Dust covers are retainedthroughout installation and removed at commissioningtime.Unique design of the 801PH optical chamber providesimmunity to thrips and other small insects without the needfor metal gauze.
Features• Over 20 Fire Detection modes• Tyco MX FASTLOGIC Expert Algorithms• MX HPO detection algorithms• Tyco CO fire detection technology• Up to 250 detectors per loop • Optional bi-directional line isolation with every detector • Remote detector verification & temperature read-out• Highly featured MX SERVICE tool• Programmable Alarm LED with 360° viewing angle• Optional detector locking pin• Variety of sounder and relay detector bases• Address flag stays with the base• Internationally approved
MX
Ad
dre
ssa
ble
De
tecto
rs
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 66
Technical SpecificationDimensions: Dia 109mm /43H mm
(54mm with standard base)Weight: 0.124kg (Detector only)
0.192kg (Detector/Std Base)Power Consumption: 150µA (Quiescent)
2 to 5mA (Alarm)Loop voltage: Min. 20.0V/Max. 37.5V
(MX Digital)LED: Single red LED (function
programmable)Material: Body, cover and base –
FR110 ”BAYBLEND” Fire Resistant
Temp. Measurement: Accuracy +/-0.25°C Resolution 2°C
Operating Temp.: See specific detectorStorage Temp.: See specific detectorRelative Humidity: <95% non-condensingShock/Vibration/Impact: EN54:pt.7 Corrosion: EN54:pt.5 and En54:pt.7EMC/RFI: EC Directive 89/336/ECOutputs: Remote indicator & control
output for relay and sounder basesInternal memory: Total 128 bytes / 32 bytes
for service information including:- Detector dirty level- Date of manufacture- Date of commissioning- Address
All 800 Series detectors communicate to the MX detectionpanel using the fast reliable MX DIGITAL loop protocol. Thisallows each detector to operate in one or two of severaldetection modes, thus allowing it to be easily optimised to therisk. To meet detection applications with multiple risks the800PH and 800CH detectors allow two detection modes tooperate simultaneously.
Virtual DetectorsThe use of virtual detection means that installations canchange the detection mode without any physical change,taking place. Not only can the detection be changed at the
time of installation and commissioning but also during the lifeof the building as building usage changes.
Some MX detection panels even allow the detection mode tobe changed at different times of the day or automatically asoccupancy and activity in the space changes.As well as providing great flexibility, using only two detectormodels means whole life costs are reduced by reducingmanufacturing, stocking and service stocks. This also reducesthe number of times detectors have to be changed during thelife of the installation.
Detection Modes
The 800PH is a state-of-the-artsmoke and heat detector whichallows a full set of detection modesto be implemented in the MXdetection panel to suit most smokeand heat detection applications.
The 800PH incorporates a unique“mousehole” design optical chamberwith an unrivalled signal to noiseratio providing high resilience to dustand dirt which means reducedservice costs. In addition a uniquechamber cover actually draws slowmoving smoke into the chamber to
provide a more responsive detector.The unique design providesimmunity to small insects and thripswithout the need for a separate thirpfilter.
The 800PH provides all the featuresof MX VIRTUAL detectors includingself verification, temperature andsmoke level indication and unrivalledservice functions.
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 109dia x 43HmmOperating Temp.: -20 to +70oCStorage Temp.: -40 to +80oCRelative Humidity: 95% (noncondensing)Standards: EN54 pt 5,EN54 pt 7
801PH 811PHOptical Yes* Yes*Enhanced Optical (HPO) Yes* Yes*Normal Ambient ROR A1R A1RFixed Heat A2S 60oC A2S 60oCCertification LPCB/VdS Marine* Approved with MX Fastlogic algorithms
Product CodeBranding ADT THORN WORMALD ZETTLER TYCO801PH 516.800.500.A 516.800.500.T 516.800.500.W 562.000 516.800.500.Y811PH 516.800.507
800PH Multi-Sensor Smoke and Heat Detectors
Chapter 4 - MX Virtual Multi-Sensor Detectors
The 800F is a digital addressable,low cost infrared flame detector withsome high end features such as‘Solar Blind’ operation for false alarmfree reliability and an automatichealth check feature. Will detect a0.1m2 flaming fire at a range of 20m.Uses the standard MX detectorbases and MX base accessories. AnIntrinsically safe version is availableas part of the System 800 I.S. range.
Technical SpecificationDimensions (mm): 108 x 21.2Weight: 74gOperation Temp: -20°C to+70°CStorage Temperature: -40°C to+80°CRelative Humidity: 90% RH continuous (non-condensing)Range: 0.1m2n-heptane at 50mField of View:100°Standards EN54 pt10 Certification
Product Codes516.800.006801F LPCB516.800.007811F Marine
800F Flame Detectors
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 67
Chapter 4 - MX Virtual Multi-Sensor DetectorsM
X A
dd
ressa
ble
De
tecto
rs
The 800H is a flexible cost-effectiveaddressable heat detector with allthe features of MX VIRTUALdetectors. The 800H returns thetemperature to the MX detectionpanel which allows various detectionmodes to be implemented. The 800Huses a high quality thermistor withvery low thermal mass. This allowsthe detectors to provide fast accuratetemperature detection as well asheat detection.
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 109dia x 43H
mmOperating temp.: -25 to +70°C
(-40 to +90°C for short periods)
Storage temp.: -40 to +80°CStandards: EN54:pt.5
Product Codes801H516.800.502.A ADT516.800.502.T THORN516.800.502.W WORMALD562.002 ZETTLER516.800.502.Y TYCO811H516.800.509 THORN
801H 811HHigh Ambient ROR CR CRNormal Ambient ROR A1R A1RFixed Heat A2S 60°C A2S 60°CCertification LPCB/VdS Marine
The 800I ionisation detectors areoffered for old specifications whichstill call for ionisation smokedetectors. The 800CH and 800PHdetectors offer improvedperformance, significantly lower falsealarms and environmentalcompatibility for smoke detectionapplications. The 800I neverthelessoffers state-of-the-art ionisationsmoke detection with self verification,smoke level indication and thresholdcompensation for detector conditionmonitoring. The 801I is LPCBapproved.
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 109dia x 43H
mmOperating Temp.: -20 to +70°CStorage Temp.: -40 to +80°CRelative Humidity: <95% (noncondensing)Standards: EN54 pt 7
Product Codes801I516.800.515.A ADT516.800.515.T THORN516.800.515.W Wormald562.003 ZETTLER516.800.515.Y TYCO
800CH Multi-Sensor Carbon Monoxide Fire Detectors
The 800CH is a state-of-the-artcarbon monoxide and heat detectorwhich allows a full set of detectionmodes to be implemented in the MXdetection panel to suit most fire andheat detection applications. The800CH is particularly well suited tosleeping risks, storage areas andapplications where smoke detectorpositioning is difficult or wheresmoke detectors are prone to falsealarm. The integration of heat detection intothe 800CH allows the detector tooperate in a wide variety ofapplications where combined risksmean that CO detection alone wouldbe insufficient.The 800CH incorporates a reliableelectro-chemical CO detection celland high specification low thermalmass thermistor for accurate
temperature detection.The 800CH provides all the featuresof MX VIRTUAL detectors includingself verification, temperature and COlevel indication and unrivalledservice functions.
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 109dia x 43HmmOperating Temp.: 0 to +55oCStorage Temp.: -20 to +55oCRelative Humidity: 95% (noncondensing)Standards: EN54 pt 5
EN54 pt 7
Product Codes801CH516.800.501A ADT516.800.501T THORN516.800.501W WORMALD562.001 ZETTLER516.800.501Y TYCO
811CH 516.800.508T THORN
800H Heat Detectors
801CH 811CHCarbon Monoxide Yes YesEnhanced CO (CCO) Yes YesNormal Ambient ROR A1R A1RFixed Heat A2S 60oC A2S 60oCCCO plus ROR (A1R) Yes YesCertification LPCB Marine
800I Ionisation Smoke Sensors
Line Shorting Adaptor
Low profile line shorting adaptorcommissioning tool (shorts terminalstogether enabling cable resistancechecks to be carried out) - ADTBranded
Product Codes517.050.002.ALine Shorting Adapter562.004Zettler Brand
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 68
Chapter 4 - MX Virtual Multi-Sensor Detectors
801PC Multi-Sensor Smoke, Heat and Carbon Monoxide DetectorThe 801PC detector is a combined optical, carbonmonoxide and heat detector for use with MX Technology®controllers. The 801PC can be used in combination withother MX Technology® detectors with a maximum total of250 detectors connected to a single 2 wire MXDigital loop.
Single-Mode and Multi-Mode OperationEach individual 801PC detector will be operating in eithersingle-mode or multi-mode. This will be set at the time ofcommissioning for each 801PC detector dependant on theapplication.
Single-ModeAs a single mode detector the 801PC uses a singleaddress. All the user control features currently applicableto other detectors can also be used with 801PC. Thisincludes the ability to switch between modes, eitherautomatically or manually.
Multi-Mode As a multi-mode device the 801PC takes three addressesform the available 1000 per MX/ZX panel. The choice ofmodes used in multi-point will depend on the application.As far as the user is concerned, each address is anindividual detector with its own attributes and settings. Theuser can also switch between modes for each of theaddresses used.
Heat Sensing ElementHigh quality thermistor with very low thermal mass foradded responsiveness.
Optical ChamberThe optical chamber has many advanced features thatimprove performance and reliability.High intensity, short pulse width infrared light source forheightened responsiveness.Optical feedback will verify the total optical path on everypoll of the detector.Precision optics eliminate nuisance from small insectssuch as thrips, without the need for a filter.
Carbon Monoxide CellHigh efficiency electro-chemical CO detection cellCell integrity is continuously monitoredIncreased cell capacity for durabilityCell is electronically calibrated for IS07240.6 fireapplications or EN50291 toxic gas applications
Technical Specification
Features• Combined optical, heat and carbon monoxide detector• Operate simultaneously as a fire and CO toxic gas
detector• Early detection of all fire types from smouldering to fast
flaming• Minerva® Expert algorithms use elements for positive
false alarm detection• Optical, CO and Heat can operate independently for
sequential alarm systems and CO toxic gas alert• All 3 elements are independently monitored for faults• Universal mode for maximum fire protection• Resilient mode for false free operation in challenging
environments• Use with standard or loop powered sounder base for
reduced installation costs
Product Codes516.800.800 801PC Unbranded516.800.800.A 801PC ADT branded516.800.800.Y 801PC Tyco branded
MechanicalDetector Material FR110 "Bayblend" Fire resistantWeight 0.2Kg detector and base (approx)Colour White
EnvironmentalOperating Temp. Range -10oC to +55oCStorage Temp. -20oC to +55oCRelative Humidity 90% non condensing
801PC
Mode 1 Universal multi-criteria sensorMode 2 false alarm immunity multi-criteriaMode 3 A1RMode 4 Enhanced OpticalMode 5 Enhanced COMode 6 CO Toxic GasCertification LPCB \ VdS
801P
C M
ult
i-S
en
sor
MX
Ad
dre
ssa
ble
De
tecto
rs
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 69
Detector & Mode Selection & Design Charts
This chart is designed to assist with the selection of the best detector for the risk.1. First select the environment2. Next select the fire loading or risk being protected.The corresponding square shows the best suited (bold) and other suitable detectors for the application.
Env
iro
nmen
tVe
ry C
lean
Ben
ign
Dir
ty -
Sm
oky
Dur
ing
Dus
ty a
nd/o
rH
ot
and
Sm
oky
Op
en A
reas
and
Dry
Mo
der
atel
y C
lean
the
Day
Hum
idW
hen
in U
seR
egul
ated
Tem
per
atur
eFo
r E
xam
ple
Cle
an R
oom
Offi
ces
Load
ing
Bay
/Li
vest
ock
Pen
Kitc
hen
Atr
ium
Dat
a P
roce
ssin
g S
uite
Ligh
t Ind
ustr
ial
War
ehou
se w
ithM
ill, L
aund
ryE
ngin
e R
oom
Thea
tre
Hos
pita
lsD
iese
l, Fo
rklif
ts e
tcC
hang
ing
Roo
mTe
st B
eds
Han
ger
Res
iden
tial
Hea
vy In
dust
rial
Oil
Rig
sP
asse
nger
Ferr
y (C
ar D
eck)
Turb
ine
Hal
lC
abin
Fire
Lo
adin
gTy
pe
Typ
eTy
pe
Typ
eTy
pe
Typ
e
Ele
ctro
nic
Eq
uip
men
t80
0PH
800P
H80
0PH
800P
H80
0F
Ele
ctri
cal S
witc
hg
ear
800I
800I
S27
1f+
Ele
ctri
c M
oto
rsA
spira
ted
Cab
le C
ond
uit
Fab
rics
, Clo
thes
800C
H80
0CH
800C
H80
0CH
800C
H
So
ft F
urni
shin
gs
800P
H80
0PH
800P
HB
eam
Pap
er, C
ard
bo
ard
Pla
stic
Fo
ams
Ani
mal
Bed
din
g
Wo
od
Sh
avin
gs
etc
Flam
mab
le L
iqui
ds
800P
H80
0PH
800C
H80
0CH
800C
H80
0F
Pai
nts
800C
H80
0CH
800I
800H
800H
S27
1f+
So
lven
ts80
0I
800I
800H
S27
1f+
S27
1f+
Flam
mab
le G
asse
s80
0F80
0F80
0F80
0F80
0F
Uns
tab
le C
hem
ical
sS
271f
+S
271f
+S
271f
+
Foo
dst
uffs
800C
H80
0CH
800C
H80
0CH
800C
H
Gen
eral
Org
anic
Was
te80
0PH
800P
H80
0PH
800H
800F
Ani
mal
Fo
dd
er80
0H80
0HS
271f
+
Wo
od
en S
truc
ture
s
So
lid F
uels
Pla
stic
s80
0CH
800P
H80
0CH
800C
H80
0CH
800C
H
Ch
emic
als
800P
H80
0CH
800P
H80
0PH
800H
800F
Mac
hin
ery
Asp
irate
d80
0I80
0F80
0FS
271f
+
Bui
ldin
g M
ater
ials
800I
Unk
now
n C
ont
ents
800H
800H
Asp
irate
dS
271f
+
Po
int
Det
ecto
r S
elec
tion
Ch
art
Bo
ld t
ext
ind
icat
es m
ost
like
ly d
etec
tor/
mo
de
to m
eet
user
s’ r
equi
rem
ents
.
Detector Selection Chart
Chapter 4 - MX Virtual Multi-Sensor Detectors
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 70
Chapter 4 - MX Virtual Multi-Sensor DetectorsM
X A
dd
ressa
ble
De
tecto
rs
Detector Mode Selection Chart
E = Temperature enhanced E+H = Temperature enhanced and heat detector togetherH = Heat only part of combined detectorX = Callpoint protection alone
Bold text indicates most likely detector/mode to meet users’requirements.Letters in brackets represent recommended sensitivity settings.*Not available as part of ‘800’ range.#Not LPCB approved
Po
int
Det
ecto
r M
od
e S
elec
tion
Ch
art
This chart is designed to assist with the selection of the best detector mode to be implemented during system configuration.Once the most suitable detector has been selected (see detector selection chart on previous page) this chart can be used to findthe best detection mode for occupied (day) and unoccupied (night) applications.
Env
iro
nmen
tVe
ry C
lean
Ben
ign
Dir
ty -
Sm
oky
Dur
ing
Dus
ty a
nd/o
rH
ot
and
Sm
oky
Op
en A
reas
and
Dry
Mo
der
atel
y C
lean
the
Day
Hum
idW
hen
in U
seR
egul
ated
Tem
per
atur
eFo
r E
xam
ple
Cle
an R
oom
Offi
ces
Load
ing
Bay
/Li
vest
ock
Pen
Kitc
hen
Atr
ium
Dat
a P
roce
ssin
g S
uite
Ligh
t Ind
ustr
ial
War
ehou
se w
ithM
ill, L
aund
ryE
ngin
e R
oom
Thea
tre
Hos
pita
lsD
iese
l, Fo
rklif
ts e
tcC
hang
ing
Roo
mTe
st B
eds
Han
ger
Res
iden
tial
Hea
vy In
dust
rial
Oil
Rig
sP
asse
nger
Ferr
y (C
ar D
eck)
Turb
ine
Hal
lC
abin
Mo
de
M
od
e
M
od
e
M
od
e
M
od
e
Mo
de
Fire
Lo
adin
gTy
pe
Typ
eTy
pe
Typ
eTy
pe
Typ
eN
igh
t
Day
Nig
ht
D
ay
N
igh
t
Day
Nig
ht
D
ay
N
igh
t
Day
N
igh
t
Day
Ele
ctro
nic
Eq
uip
men
tA
spir
ated
*E
+H
(H)
E(H
)O
ptic
al
E(H
)(N
)O
ptic
alE
(N)
HO
ptic
alE
+H
(N)
X
Flam
e
Ele
ctri
cal S
witc
hg
ear
Op
tical
(H)
(H
)Io
n
(
H)
(N)
Ele
ctri
c M
oto
rsIo
n
Cab
le C
ond
uit
Fab
rics
, Clo
thes
CO
E(N
)
(
N)
CO
(N)
(L)
#C
O(N
)(N
)C
O
(
N)
H
CO
(
H)
(H
)
So
ft F
urni
shin
gs
Opt
ical
E
(H)
(N
)O
ptic
al
E(H
)
(L
)#O
ptic
al
E(L
)#
(L
)#B
eam
*
Pap
er, C
ard
bo
ard
Pla
stic
Fo
ams
Ani
mal
Bed
din
g
Wo
od
Sh
avin
gs
etc
Flam
mab
le L
iqui
ds
Flam
e
E
+H
(H)E
+H
(H)O
ptic
al
E+
H(H
) E
+H
(N)
FLA
ME
* E
+H
(N)E
+H
(L)*
CO
E
+H
(N)E
+H
(L)#
FLA
ME
E+
H(N
) H
Flam
e
Pai
nts
Op
tical
E
+H
(H)E
+H
(H)F
lam
e
E+
H(H
) E
+H
(N)
CO
(N
)
(
L)*
HE
AT
A1R
A
2SC
OA
1R
CR
So
lven
tsC
O
(H
)
(H)
CO
(
H)
(N
)IO
N
A1R
A1R
FLA
ME
H
EA
T
Flam
mab
le G
asse
sIO
NIO
NH
EA
T
Uns
tab
le C
hem
ical
s
Foo
dst
uffs
CO
E+
H(N
)
(N)
CO
E
(N)
(L)#
CO
(
N)
(
N)
CO
E(N
)
(
H)
CO
E
+H
(H)
E+
H(H
)
Gen
eral
Org
anic
Was
teO
ptic
al
E+
H(N
)
(N)
Op
tical
E
+H
(N)
(L
)#O
ptic
al
(
L)#
(
L)#
Hea
t
A1R
C
RFl
ame
Ani
mal
Fo
dd
erH
eat
A
1R
A2S
Hea
t
A2S
A
2S
Wo
od
en S
truc
ture
s
So
lid F
uels
Pla
stic
sA
spira
ted*
E+
H(H
)E+
H(N
)Opt
ical
E
+H
(H)E
+H
(N)
CO
E
(N)
(
L)#
CO
E
(N)
(N
)C
O
E
(N)
(H)
CO
E
+H
(H)E
+H
(H)
Ch
emic
als
CO
E
+H
(H)E
+H
(N)C
O
E
+H
(H)E
+H
(N)
Op
tical
E(N
)
(L)
#O
ptic
al
(
N)
(L)
#H
eat
A1R
C
RFl
ame
Mac
hin
ery
Opt
ical
Ion
(
H)
(N
)Io
n
(N
)
(
L)*
Flam
eFl
ame
*
Bea
m*
Bui
ldin
g M
ater
ials
Hea
t
A1R
A1R
Hea
t
A1R
A1R
Unk
now
n C
ont
ents
Asp
irate
d*Fl
ame
Table is for guidelines only and specific situations are likely to require variations on the suggested detector types. Real situations may require detector combinations tocover all likely risks.
Night and Day columns represent low false alarm risk and high false alarm risk, although this usually follows a day/night pattern, it may be configured for any time. Forexample the car deck of a ferry would be configured for Day during vehicle loading and Night once all the passengers had left the car deck, thus achieving optimumprotection for that area.
If fastlogic operation is selected for optical detectors, the same table applies. The chief difference being a higher resistance to false alarms, and slower response toaerosol test gas.
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 71
Con
ven
tion
al D
ete
cto
rs
Series 600 Conventional DetectorsSeries 600 is a range of low profile conventional fire detectors. These unobtrusively styled detectors have a numberof unique design features to improve their operation, installation and ease of servicing
Series 600 Conventional DetectorsThrough innovative design the Series 600 detectors havereduced the installation and servicing time to a minimum,needing only one visit to complete the installation andhaving a park position for the detector to ease theservicing.
The Series 600 includes the unique enhanced CarbonMonoxide CO fire detector, which provides a generalpurpose fire detector with unprecedented early detectioncapability and excellent false alarm immunity. The CO firedetectors are the first choice for sleeping risks.Also included within the range is the intelligent highperformance optical smoke (HPO) detector.
The use of the patented optical sensing chamber, togetherwith refined signal processing, has enabled theintroduction of a smoke detector suitable for fast, reliablesmoke detection of both slow and fast developing fires.
The HPO can be seen as a truly universal smoke detector,suitable for most applications.
The Series 600 low profile detectors can be custom madein several colours, please contact the Walthamstow officefor details.
Approvals:-VdSULULCSSLMarine
Features• Unique early detection enhanced CO fire detector• Intelligent Universal HPO Smoke Detector• Low profile, discreet and unobtrusive• Superior performance and reliability• Attractive new design• Designed for fast, easy installation• Integral and remote alarm LED• Series of Product Approvals
Body Optical Ionisation HPO R of R Heat FT CO FLAMELPCB 601P 601I 601PH 601H-R 601H-F 601CH 601FMarine 601P-M - 601PH-M 601H-R-M 601H-F-M 601CH-M 601F-M
Chapter 5 - Series 600 Conventional Detectors
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 72
Chapter 5 - Series 600 Conventional DetectorsC
on
ven
tion
al
De
tecto
rs
Enhanced Carbon Monoxide Fire
These detectors react to the wholerange of fire products from slowsmouldering fires, producing visibleparticles to open flaming firesproducing large numbers of very hotsmaller sized aerosols. It combinesoptical and heat detector technologyto detect clear burning fire productswhich hitherto could only be easilydetected by ion-chamber detectors.For normal ambient conditions, thehigh performance optical detectorbehaves as a normal optical detector.Only when a rapid rise in temperatureis detected does the sensitivity of the
detector increase and the presenceof smoke will confirm a fire condition.The HPO will not operate on a rate ofrise of temperature alone.
Datasheet - Product Code PSF123Manual - Vol01C-02-D2 “DetectorsFire Manual”
Product Codes516.600.002.AApproval Branded ModelLPCB ADT 601PH516.600.002.TApproval Branded ModelLPCB Thorn 601PH516.600.002.YApproval Branded ModelLPCB Tyco 601PH 516.600.202
- Tyco 601PH-M
High Performance Optical Smoke
Optical Smoke
The CO fire detector is a uniquegeneral purpose fire detector whichprovides very early warning of slowsmouldering fires. Ideal for sleepingrisks the CO fire detector is also wellsuited to many applications whereheat detection is insufficient butsmoke detection causes false alarms.As CO travels more freely than smokethe position of CO fire detectors ismore flexible.
This feature is particularly useful inlarge complex structures such as atriaand warehouses, where position ofsmoke detectors is difficult. Datasheet - Product Code PSF123Manual - Vol01C-02-D3 “DetectorsFire Manual”
Product Codes516.600.004.AApproval Branded ModelLPCB ADT 601CH516.600.004.TApproval Branded ModelLPCB Thorn 601CH516.600.004.YApproval Branded ModelLPCB Tyco 601CH516.600.204Approval Branded Model
- Tyco 601CH-M
These detectors are capable ofdetecting the visible smoke producedby materials which smoulder or burnslowly, i.e. soft furnishings, plasticfoam etc;. or 'smoke' produced byoverheated but unburnt PVC. Thesedetectors are particularly suitable forgeneral applications and areas wherecable overheating may occur e.g.electrical services areas. The noveldesign of the asymmetrical samplingchamber and signal processingtechniques stop unwanted alarmscaused by very small insects. i.e.thrips. Smoke entering the sampling
chamber scatters the infra-red lightpulses onto a photo-diode. Thesepulses are converted to an electricalsignal which is compared against apreset alarm level.
Datasheet - Product Code PSF123Manual - Vol01C-02-D6 “DetectorsFire Manual”
Product Codes516.600.001AApproval Branded ModelLPCB ADT 601P516.600.001.TApproval Branded Model
LPCB Thorn 601P
516.600.001.YApproval Branded ModelLPCB Tyco 601P516.600.201Approval Branded Model
- Tyco 601P-M
Heat
These detectors use two networkedthermistors in a bridge configurationto provide a fast response, thatdepends both on absolutetemperature and notes the change oftemperature. The rate of rise/fixedtemperature heat detectors can beused in areas where smoke sensorsare unsuitable due to environmentalconditions (smoke, dust etc,). Suchareas include kitchens, locker rooms,canteens, garages, loading bays etc.
Datasheet - Product Code PSF123Manual - Vol01C-02-D5 “DetectorsFire Manual”
Rate of RiseProduct Codes516.600.003.AApproval Branded ModelLPCB ADT 601H-R516.600.003.TApproval Branded ModelLPCB Thorn 601H-R516.600.003.YApproval Branded ModelLPCB Tyco 601H-R516.600.203Approval Branded Model
- Tyco 601H-R-M
Fixed Temperature 60°CProduct Codes516.600.013.AApproval Branded ModelLPCB ADT 601H-F516.600.013.TApproval Branded ModelLPCB Thorn 601H-F516.600.013.YApproval Branded ModelLPCB Tyco 601H-F516.600.213Approval Branded Model
- Tyco 601H-F-M
Con
ven
tion
al D
ete
cto
rs
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 73
These detectors react to the visibleand invisible fire aerosols (productsof combustion) and are thereforecapable of detecting the earlypresence of hot smouldering andflaming fires, such as wood, paperetc. They are particularly suitable forgeneral applications in all areas anduse a dual ionisation chamber inwhich the air is ionised by a singleradioactive source (33k BqAmericium 241). The presence ofsmoke in the sampling chambercauses a change in the balancevoltage, between the two chambers.
This is then compared against analarm level.Datasheet - Product Code PSF123Manual - Vol01C-02-D4 “DetectorsFire Manual”
Product Codes516.600.005.AApproval Branded ModelLPCB ADT 601I516.600.005.TApproval Branded ModelLPCB Thorn 601I516.600.005.YApproval Branded ModelLPCB Tyco 601I
Ion Chamber Smoke
H Series Heat Detectors
Solar Blind Infra Red Flame Detector
Flame detectors, unlike smoke andheat detectors, do not rely onconvection to transport the fireproduct to the detector, nor do theyrely on a ceiling to trap the products.They can therefore, be used toprotect large open areas withoutsacrificing speed of response toflaming fires. In order to ensure fullcoverage, however, flame detectorsdo require direct line of sight to allparts of the protected area.Infra-red flame detectors such as the601F are designed to respond
rapidly to fires which involve clean-burning fuels such as alcohol ormethane, ie fires which would not bedetected by smoke detectors. The601F Flame detector, by virtue of it’soperating wavelength and flickerdiscrimination, is insensitive tonormal environmental influences. Foroutdoor use, a solar-blind detector(e.g. the S200Plus) should be used.The 601F flame detector should,normally, only be used insidebuildings to supplement heat andsmoke detectors.
Product Codes516.600.006601F516.600.007601 F-M Marine
Datasheet - Product Code PSF132Manual - Vol01C-02-D7 “DetectorsFire Manual”
The H600 and H900 range of fixedtemperature heat detectors aredesigned to operate at 60oC and90oC respectively. They areparticularly suited to areas whererapid changes in temperature and/orhigh ambient temperatures exist,together with unsuitableenvironmental conditions for smokedetectors. This makes the detectorsideally suited for galleys, laundriesetc.Features• Approved by Marine classification
authorities• Two wire supervised circuit• Draws no quiescent current• Self re-setting • Grade 3 to European Standard
EN54 Part 5 1977
Technical SpecificationOperating Voltage: up to 24V d.c.Quiescent Current: zeroAlarm Current: Limited by
internal 220 ohm or 50 ohmresistor
Dimensions: 82mm dia x 41mm
Weight: 73gmMaterial: Cycolac ABSOperating temp. range: -20oC to
+100oC Relative Humidity: up to 100% RH
(Non-Condensing)
Alarm Temp: H6XX: 60oCH9XX: 90oC
Product Codes517.001.130DHM8 (including 2 x 20mm glands)516.014.019H602 60oC Fixed temp. Grade 1(Integral LED Ind.)516.014.020H902 90oC Fixed temp. Grade 1(Integral LED Ind.)
Datasheet - Product Code PSF108 “HSeries Fixed Temperature Detectors”
A convenient pocket sized “Quickreference card” designed to aid theidentification of Tyco Detectors.
Product CodeAM2801/000ID CardNote: Cards must be ordered inmultiples of 100.
Tyco Detector Identification Card
Chapter 5 - Series 600 Conventional Detectors
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 74
Chapter 5 - Series 600 Conventional Detectors
Series 600 Detector Specifications
Technical Specification - Series 600601 601PH/P/601PH-M/601P-M 601H-R/601H-F/601H-R-M/601H-F-M 601CH/601CH-M 601F/601F-M
Weight 100g 93g 80g 90g 74gMaterial FR 110 Bayblend
Operating Temp. -20 to +70°C -20 to +70°C -20 to +70°C* -10 to +55°C -20 to +70°CStorage Temp. -40 to +80°C -25 to +80°C -25 to +80°C -20 to +55°C -40 to + 80°CRelative Humidity 95% Non-Condensing Quiescent Current(typ) 62µA 65µA 65µA 87µA 300µAAlarm Current(typ) 54mA 45mA 52mA 53mA 42mAOperating Voltage 10.5 - 33 Vdc 10.5 - 33 Vdc 10.5 - 33 Vdc 10.5 - 33 Vdc 18-28Vdc*Short Term (<3min) -40 to +120°C
Typical Dimensions of Smoke/Heat/Co Detector
Typical Dimensions of Flame Detector
109
43
21.2
108
Con
ven
tion
al
De
tecto
rs
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 75
Con
ven
tion
al D
ete
cto
r Se
lectio
n C
ha
rt P
oin
t D
etec
tor
Sel
ectio
n C
har
t
En
viro
nm
ent
Very
Cle
anB
enig
nD
irty
- S
mo
kyD
usty
and
/or
Ho
t an
dO
pen
Are
asan
d D
ryM
od
erat
ely
Cle
anH
umid
Sm
oky
Reg
ulat
edTe
mp
erat
ure
For
Exa
mp
leC
lean
Roo
mO
ffice
sLo
adin
g B
ay/
Live
stoc
k P
enK
itche
nA
triu
mD
ata
Ligh
t Ind
ustr
ial
War
ehou
se w
ithM
ill, L
aund
ryE
ngin
e R
oom
Thea
tre
Pro
cess
ing
Hos
pita
lsD
iese
l, Fo
rklif
ts e
tc.
Cha
ngin
g R
oom
Eng
ine
Test
Bed
sH
ange
rS
uite
Res
iden
tial
Hea
vy In
dust
rial
Oil
Rig
sP
asse
nger
Ferr
y (C
ar D
eck)
Turb
ine
Hal
lA
ccom
mod
atio
nF
ire
Lo
adin
gP
rob
able
Ris
kE
lect
roni
c E
qui
pm
ent
Cab
le P
yrol
osis
(Tox
ic F
umes
)A
SP
IRA
TED
Ele
ctri
cal S
witc
hg
ear
Ele
ctric
al A
rcs
601P
601P
601F
/601
FEx
(Igni
tion
Sou
rce)
601P
H60
1PH
601P
BE
AM
Ele
ctri
c M
oto
rsA
ssoc
iate
d E
lect
rical
601I
601I
Cab
le C
ond
uit
Dan
gers
Fab
rics
, Clo
thes
So
ft F
urni
shin
gs
Sm
ould
erin
g(D
iffic
ult t
o lo
cate
-P
aper
, Car
db
oar
dto
xic
fum
es)
601C
H60
1CH
601C
H60
1CH
601C
H(H
)P
last
ic F
oam
sLi
kelih
ood
of60
1PH
601P
601P
BE
AM
Flas
hove
r (B
ack
-60
1PA
nim
al B
edd
ing
drau
ght)
Wo
od
Sh
avin
gs
etc
Flam
mab
le L
iqui
ds
Flam
ing
Fire
(Rap
id B
uild
-Up
of60
1F/6
01FE
x60
1F/6
01FE
xP
aint
sde
nse
smok
e)60
1I60
1IS
olv
ents
Hig
h Te
mp.
Fum
es60
1PH
601P
H60
1F/6
01FE
x60
1F/6
01FE
x60
1F/6
01FE
x60
1F/6
01FE
xFl
amm
able
Gas
ses
Ass
ocia
ted
60
1P60
1P60
1I60
1H-R
Uns
tab
le C
hem
ical
sE
xplo
sion
Dan
gers
Foo
dst
uffs
Gen
eral
Org
anic
Was
teS
mok
e an
d Fl
ame
601P
H60
1CH
Ani
mal
Fo
dd
erIn
itial
ly fa
irly
slow
601P
601P
H60
1P60
1H-R
601C
Hbu
t hig
h te
mps
-60
1CH
601C
H60
1H-R
601C
H60
1F/6
01FE
xW
oo
den
Str
uctu
res
once
est
ablis
hed
601I
601H
-RS
olid
Fue
lsP
last
ic, C
hem
ical
sTy
pe o
f fire
ris
kA
SP
IRA
TED
601P
H60
1PM
ach
iner
ym
ay v
ary
as c
an60
1PH
601C
H60
1CH
601C
H60
1F/6
01FE
xth
e ty
pe o
f fire
601C
H60
1I60
1I60
1P60
1H-R
601C
HB
uild
ing
Mat
eria
ls(M
ay r
equi
re a
mix
601P
601H
-R60
1F/6
01FE
x60
1F/6
01FE
x60
1CH
BE
AM
Unk
now
n C
ont
ents
of
det
ectio
n ty
pes
)60
1I60
1F/6
01FE
x60
1H-R
1 2 3 4 5
AB
CD
EF
Chapter 5 - Series 600 Conventional Detectors
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
Chapter 6 - Detector Bases and Accessories
Page 76
De
tecto
r B
ase
s a
nd
Acce
ssori
es
Detector Bases & AccessoriesA complete range of matching bases and accessories to complement the Low Profile Detector Range; includingstandard bases, isolator bases.
Detector Bases and AncillariesThe 800 and 600 Series of low profile detectors providesa comprehensive range of highly effective andaesthetically pleasing fire, smoke and heat detectors withworldwide approvals.The unique design and leading edge technology of thedetectors goes beyond the detection technology itself. The range of detector bases is designed to make lowprofile detector installations cost effective, aestheticallypleasing and easy to install and maintain – thus minimisingdisruption.
The detector bases include standard universal bases,which have no integral electronics, thus making them lowcost and low maintenance. Alternatively, a range offunctional bases incorporates sounders, relays and lineisolators to provide a cost effective method of addingfunctions and flexibility to the fire detection installation.Duct probe units are specially designed to enable optimumperformance even at low air velocity and are also availablein stainless steel.
Features• Optional short circuit isolator in each base• Optional relay bases • Loop powered sounder bases• Remote indication LEDs• Standard and stainless steel duct probes • Optional conduit entry backboxes• Protective wire cages
Chapter 6 - Detector Bases and AccessoriesS
tan
da
rd D
ete
cto
r Ba
se
s
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 77
5B-5” Universal Detector Base
This is the most commonly usedbase for MX applications. It is fullyEN54 and Vds approved for use withthe MX detector range and can alsobe used for the Minerva M900addressable and Series 600conventional ranges of detectors.
If used it will require a separatelysupplied tool to remove a detectorfrom the base. Optional addresslabel flags are automaticallytransferred from detector to basewhen the detector is inserted.Following detector removal flags areretained in the base to provide apermanent address indicator.
Features• Drive a remote indicator • Detector locking pin with every
base• Temporary Park position• The 5’ Universal Detector Base
accepts an address label flagfrom the Detector when used withMX Detector Ranges
• Fit directly to a British orEuropean conduit box or directlyonto the ceiling.
• Break-outs for surface installation
Product Codes517.050.0175B 5” Universal Base LPCB517.050.0195B-UL 5” Universal Base UL517.050.6056” Adaptor for 5B-UL Base572.0485B 5” Universal Base VdS
Standard Universal Bases
The 5BD Continuity Base is astandard 5 inch base fitted with acontinuity diode, for use with allM600 Lo-Pro and Series 600detectors. The base is designed toensure that conventional systemsmeet the requirements of BS5839Pt:1 for callpoints placed afterdetectors. The 5BD works with XL,NT, System 1700.
Features• Compatible with M600 Lo-Pro and
Series 600 Low Profile DetectorRange
• Designed for two wire operation• Facility to drive a remote indicator• A breakout locking key is
provided as an integral part ofeach base, which can be fitted tolock the detector into position.
• A temporary park position isprovided so that the field wiringcan be tested with the detector insitu.
• Maybe fitted directly to a Britishor European conduit box ordirectly onto the ceiling
Product Code517.050.6005 BD 5” Conventional DiodeContinuity Base for LPCB approveddetectors
The standard universal detector bases are compatible with new 800 Series MX detectors as well as the Series 600 lowprofile detectors. The standard bases have no electronics and even when the detectors are connected to the bases, theycan be electrically disconnected and left in a ‘park’ position. This enables wiring integrity tests to take place without anydamage to electronics. When used with 800 Series MX VIRTUAL detectors the address flag automatically transfers to thebase, thus the address label remains with the base even if the detector is changed or replaced. An optional, toolremovable locking pin allows the detector to be fixed in place to prevent tampering.
5BD-5 Inch Conventional Diode Continuity Base
5BI-5” MX Isolator Base
The 5BI isolator base incorporates allthe features of the 5B but it is usedexclusively with digital addressableMX Technology® detection loops.They allow any or all detectors to beupgraded to incorporate bi-directional short circuit isolation.Used with every detector, they willensure that no detector is lost in theevent of an open or short circuit loopfault. A built in amber LED indicateswhen isolation has been activated.Isolation will automatically resetwhen the fault is removed.
Features. All of the mechanical features of
the 5B 5” Universal detectorbase.
. Provides upstream anddownstream isolation asappropriate
. LED indication of isolation inoperation
Product Codes517.050.0185BI 5” Isolator Base LPCB572.0495BI 5” Isolator Base VdS
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 78
Chapter 6 - Detector Bases and AccessoriesFu
ncti
on
al
De
tecto
r B
ase
s
Functional Detector BasesThe range of standard bases is supplimented by this selection of sounder bases, relay bases and accessories,including loop powered sounder base for use on MX technology controllers.
Functional Detector BasesFunctional detector bases use a common moulding whichincorporates a double side circuit board which enableselectrical connections to be made on the top and bottom ofthe functional base. This allows the functional bases to beretrofitted into new and existing universal bases oralternatively the depth and cost of the installed detectorcan be reduced by using the functional base instead of theuniversal base.
This feature enables additional line isolators and soundersto be easily added during commissioning. In addition,changes to the building during it’s life can be easilyadapted to, by retrofitting sounders and relay outputs toexisting detection points.
When functional bases are fitted to universal bases, theyautomatically lock into position. Removal is then achievedusing the detector removal tool. This feature ensures thatthe detector and functional bases are removed separately.
Datasheet - Product Code PSF101 “M600/900 Low Profile DetectorBases” Manual - Vol01B-03-D2 “Detectors Fire Manual
Tyco MKII Sounder Base
Tyco MKII Sounder Cap
MC600 & 600RBA Functional Relay Base
A plastic cap which fits onto the601SB/601SBD/602SB/602SBDSounder Base to enable thesebases to operate as a sounderwithout fitting a detector.
Product Codes557.001.040.AMark II Sounder Cap (ADT Branded)557.001.040.YMark II Sounder Cap (Tyco Branded)
A new low current range of sounderbases for use with Conventional andAddressable Fire Alarm ControlPanels.
Features• Manufactured to EN54 part 3• Integral sounder and detector
base• Volume and tone adjustable after
installation• Low Power Synchronisation• Do not require use of a standard
base (maybe installed directlyonto a standard besa box)
Product Codes577.001.035601SB Conventional Sounder Base577.001.037601SBD Conventional Diode SounderBase577.001.036602SB 2 Wire Line Powered SounderBase577.001.038602SBD 2 Wire Line Powered DiodeSounder Base516.800.911901SB Universal Sounder Base
516.800.910 (572.050 Europe)802SB MX Loop Powered SounderBase516.800.913812SB MX Loop Powered ULSounder Base516.800.913912SB Universal UL Sounder Base517.050.022Volume Pot Spare Cover (1 sheet of144)
Please See Following ApplicationsTable for Further Details
The 600 Series relay base providesdual relay contacts for signallingexternal devices on conventionaldetection systems. Very lowoperating current even when therelay is energised, enable the relaybase to be used without additionalpower. The relay contacts operatewhen the detector enters the alarmcondition.Features• Dual pole 24Vdc relay contact
(60VA)• Status indicator LED• Low power consumption (<20µA
except start up)• Latching operation
• Can be used instead of astandard base
• Requires diode fitting if used inplace of an M600D diode base.Not compatible with System 1600or T880 panels
Technical SpecificationOperating Temp.: -25°C to +70°CHumidity: Up to 95% RH
(non- condensing)
Vibration: Exceeds requirements ofEN54-3, Marine & UL268
Product Codes568.001.018MC600 Relay base (BS5839)515590600 RBA Relay base (UL - Grinnell)
Fu
nctio
na
l De
tecto
r Ba
se
s
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 79
SAM 800 Sounder Addressable Module
The SAB Sounder AddressableBeacon is an MX AddressableBeacon that fits into the StandardMinerva Universal Base. Alternativelythe SAB may be fitted to the 801SB,802SB, 812SB, 901SB and 912SBSounder Bases to enable the MXControl Panel to communicate withand control these sounder basesand also provide a Flashing Beaconeffectively turning the 801SB, 802SB,812SB, 901SB and 912SB into acombined addressable looppowered sounder and beacon.
The SAB is suitable for wall or ceilingmounting. Sound selection andtones will be as per the 801SB,802SB, 812SB, 901SB and 912SB.
Product CodeUK EUROPE516.800.953 572.052SAB 800 Sounder AddressableBeacon (compatible with Version 2.1and above)516.800.956SAB 801 Low Power SounderAddressable Beacon (Compatablewith Consys Version 8.1 and above)
The SAM 800 Sounder AddressableModule is an MX addressable devicewhich may be fitted to the 801SB,802SB, 812SB, 901SB and 912SBSounder Bases to enable the MXControl Panel to communicate withand control these sounder bases,without the need for a detectoreffectively turning the 801SB, 802SB,
812SB, 901SB and 912SB into anaddressable loop powered sounder.
The SAM 800 is suitable for wall orceiling mounting. Sound selectionand tones will be as per the 801SB,802SB, 812SB, 901SB and 912SB.
Product CodeUK EUROPE516.800.954 572.051SAM 800 Sounder AddressableModule (compatible with Version 2.1and above)
SAB 800/SAB 801 Sounder Addressable Beacon
801RB - Functional Relay Base
801SB - Loop Powered Addressable Sounder Base MK1
The 801RB provides dual relaycontacts for signalling externaldevices on MX addressable systems.A very low operating current evenwhen the relay is energised enablesthe relay base to be used withoutany additional power. The dualcontacts are under the control of aprogrammable output, through thepowerful cause and effect software.
Features• Dual pole 24V DC relay contacts
(60VA)• Very low power consumption
(<20µA except startup)
Product CodeUK EUROPE516.800.905 572.028801RB Relay base
The 801SB sounder base operateswill all 800 series MX VIRTUALdetectors. A unique design singlepoint sound source is used toprovide complete audio coveragewithout obtrusive holes in themoulding. The 801 SB is controlledby the powerful event action of theMX fire detection panel. This allowsthe 801SB to sound when its owndetector is in alarm or as a zonalsounder. The number of 801SB perloop depends on the volume andloop power available.
Features• 3 selectable tones (slow, fast and
continuous)• 3 volume settings (90,80 and
70dB effective)• single point sound source• Standard MINERVA frequency• complies to prEN:pt.3• Loop current consumption at full
volume - 15mA• 24V Current consumption at full
volume - 25mA (for lower powerversion, refer to Tyco MKII Sounder base)
Product CodeUK EUROPE516.800.907 572.029801SB Loop Powered AdjustableSounder Base MK1
A simple Volume Adjustment Tool,specific to the task of soundervolume selection on the “variable-volume” range of Tyco MKII SounderBases.
Sounder volume can be easily variedbetween the maximum 90dBA andminimum 68dBA-volume settings,using this simple, functional tool.
Note: Sounder Bases are suppliedwith the volume pre-set to maximumvolume.
Product Code517.050.015Volume Adjustment Tool
Volume Adjustment Tool
Chapter 6 - Detector Bases and Accessories
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 80
Chapter 6 - Detector Bases and AccessoriesD
ete
cto
r A
dd
ress F
lag
s
800 Series MX Address FlagThe 800 Series detectors incorporate a feature, whichautomatically transfers the address flag to the detectorbase, when the detector is plugged into the base. Onremoval of the detector the address flag remains on theceiling, thus ensuring that detectors are not accidentallyreturned to the wrong detector base following serviceroutines.
Most MX detection panels incorporate additional fail safesoftware features to ensure that incorrect detectorpositioning does not compromise the system.Address flags are supplied in packs of 100.Labels are provided on sheets of 250 in four colours toenable quick identification between different loops.
Features• Provides clear identification of address• Colour coded• Flag remains on base
Detector Ancillaries
Product Codes516.800.915 MX Address flags (pack of 100)516.800.931 Address flag labels Loop A - White516.800.932 Address flag labels Loop B - Yellow516.800.933 Address flag labels Loop C - Purple516.800.934 Address flag labels Loop D - Green
516.800.935 Address flag labels Loop E - Grey516.800.936 Address flag labels Loop F - Blue516.800.937 Address flag labels Loop G - Orange516.800.938 Address flag labels Loop H - Red
A convenient pocket sized “quick reference card”designed to aid the identification of the Tyco MKII SounderBase Range.
This concise card provides a simple, effective referencekey for rapid identification of sounder base type during theinitial visual system analysis and needs assessment.
Tyco MKII Sounder Base Range Identification Card
517.050.016 ID Card
Note: Cards must be ordered in multiples of 100.
Product Codes
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 81
De
tecto
r Acce
ssorie
s
801RIL - Remote Indication LED
800HL - Indication Lamp
All detector bases have the ability todrive a remote LED in the event thatthe installed position of the detectoris not easily visible. The 801RIL isprimarily designed for LPCBinfluenced markets but is compatiblewith all 800 Series detectors.
Features• UK Single gang mounting• High intensity red LED
Product Code516.800.908801RIL remote indication LED
The 800HL remote indicator lampprovides a larger indicator for use inplace of the RIL when longerdistances are involved or in VdSinfluenced markets. Typically used toindicate the source of an alarm inbuildings with long corridors eg.Hotels, hospitals, apartments.
Product CodeUK EUROPE516.800.909 572.000800HL indication lamp
800EM - Euro Mounting
The euro-mounting base provides amatching back box, which allows thestandard MUB, and 801IB to beceiling mounted with conduit entriesfor standard 18 and 21mm conduit.
Features• 2 x 18mm conduit entries• 2 x 21mm conduit entries• Fits all 5” Bases• Fitted with terminal, if more are
required use optional accessorykit
Product Codes517.050.604EM5B mounting base517.050.612Base Accessory terminal kit (pack of 10)
DHM-5B - Deck Head Mounting
Where the detectors are mounted inhumid and environmentallychallenging situations such asmarine or offshore installations, theDHM 5B deck head mount providesa sealed waterproof mounting whichprotects the base electricalconnections. Can be screwed, boltedor welded to the deckhead. Supplied
with 1 terminal. If more are required,use the optional base accessory kit.
Features• 4 x 20mm gland entries• Fits ALL 5” bases• IP55 with supplied gasket
Product Codes517.050.603Deckhead mounting 517.050.612Base accessory terminal kit (pack of 10)
Protective Detector Cage
Robust steel protective cage forSeries 600 and Series 800 detectorranges using the 5” bases. Ideal forschools and sporthalls or wheneverdetectors need protection.
Strong coated steel construction with4 point fitting.
Product Code517.050.614CW-5B Detector Cage
Chapter 6 - Detector Bases and Accessories
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 82
Sou
nd
er
Ba
se
Com
pa
tib
ilit
y C
ha
rt
MKII Sounder Base Application Table PA
RT
NO
. D
ES
CR
IPTI
ON
CO
NTR
OL
PAN
EL
CO
MPA
TIB
ILIT
YP
OW
ER
ED
FR
OM
DE
TEC
TOR
RE
QU
IRE
DPA
RK
C
LIP
.
TO
OP
ER
ATE
CO
LOU
R57
7.00
1.03
560
1SB
CO
NV
EN
TIO
NA
L S
OU
ND
ER
BA
SE
CO
NV
EN
TIO
NA
L O
NLY
24V
dcN
OG
RE
EN
577.
001.
037
601S
BD
CO
NV
EN
TIO
NA
L D
IOD
E S
OU
ND
ER
BA
SE
CO
NV
EN
TIO
NA
L O
NLY
24V
dcN
OG
RE
EN
516.
800.
911
901S
B U
NIV
ER
SA
L S
OU
ND
ER
BA
SE
MIN
ER
VA A
DD
RE
SS
AB
LE/M
X24
Vdc
YE
SB
LUE
516.
800.
912
912S
B U
NIV
ER
SA
L U
L S
OU
ND
ER
BA
SE
MIN
ER
VA A
DD
RE
SS
AB
LE/M
X24
Vdc
YE
SB
LUE
577.
001.
036
602S
B 2
WIR
E L
INE
PO
WE
RE
D S
OU
ND
ER
BA
SE
MXC
O
NLY
DE
TEC
TIO
N C
IRC
UIT
NO
YE
LLO
W
577.
001.
038
602S
BD
2 W
IRE
LIN
E P
OW
ER
ED
DIO
DE
SO
UN
DE
R B
AS
EM
XC
ON
LYD
ETE
CTI
ON
CIR
CU
ITN
OY
ELL
OW
516.
800.
910
802S
B M
X L
OW
PO
WE
RE
D S
OU
ND
ER
BA
SE
MX
ON
LYLO
OP
YE
SW
HIT
E
516.
800.
913
812S
B L
OO
P P
OW
ER
ED
UL
SO
UN
DE
R B
AS
EM
X O
NLY
LO
OP
YE
SW
HIT
E
PAR
T N
O.
DE
SC
RIP
TIO
NC
UR
RE
NT
CO
NS
UM
PTI
ON
AT
CU
RR
EN
T C
ON
SU
MP
TIO
N A
TC
UR
RE
NT
CO
NS
UM
PTI
ON
AT
68 d
BA
(M
INIM
UM
VO
LUM
E)
90 d
BA
(M
AX
IMU
M V
OLU
ME
)10
0dB
A (
FIX
ED
VO
LUM
E)
577.
001.
035
601S
B C
ON
VE
NTI
ON
AL
SO
UN
DE
R B
AS
E1.
2mA
6.8m
A
577.
001.
037
601S
BD
CO
NV
EN
TIO
NA
L D
IOD
E S
OU
ND
ER
BA
SE
1.2m
A6.
8mA
516.
800.
911
901S
B
UN
IVE
RS
AL
SO
UN
DE
R B
AS
E1.
2mA
6.8m
A
516.
800.
912
912S
B U
NIV
ER
SA
L U
L S
OU
ND
ER
BA
SE
21m
A
577.
001.
036
602S
B 2
WIR
E L
INE
PO
WE
RE
D S
OU
ND
ER
BA
SE
1.2m
A6.
8mA
577.
001.
038
602S
BD
2 W
IRE
LIN
E P
OW
ER
ED
DIO
DE
SO
UN
DE
R B
AS
E1.
2mA
6.8m
A
516.
800.
910
802S
B M
X L
OW
PO
WE
RE
D S
OU
ND
ER
BA
SE
1.2m
A6.
8mA
516.
800.
913
812S
B L
OO
P P
OW
ER
ED
UL
SO
UN
DE
R B
AS
E
21m
A
PAR
T N
O.
DE
SC
RIP
TIO
ND
UTC
H S
LOW
T
EM
PO
RA
L 4
S
LOW
SW
EE
P (
3)
MA
RC
H T
IME
BE
EP
(25)
M
AR
CH
TIM
E B
EE
P(2
6)S
WE
EP
(7)
577.
001.
035
601S
B C
ON
VE
NTI
ON
AL
SO
UN
DE
R B
AS
EY
ES
YE
SY
ES
YE
S
577.
001.
037
601S
BD
CO
NV
EN
TIO
NA
L D
IOD
E S
OU
ND
ER
BA
SE
YE
SY
ES
YE
SY
ES
516.
800.
911
901S
B U
NIV
ER
SA
L S
OU
ND
ER
BA
SE
YE
SY
ES
YE
SY
ES
516.
800.
912
912S
B U
NIV
ER
SA
L U
L S
OU
ND
ER
BA
SE
YE
SY
ES
YE
S,
YE
S
577.
001.
036
602S
B 2
WIR
E
LIN
E P
OW
ER
ED
S
OU
ND
ER
BA
SE
YE
SY
ES
YE
SY
ES
577.
001.
038
602S
BD
2 W
IRE
LIN
E P
OW
ER
ED
DIO
DE
SO
UN
DE
R B
AS
EY
ES
YE
SY
ES
YE
S
516.
800.
910
802S
B M
X L
OW
PO
WE
RE
D S
OU
ND
ER
BA
SE
YE
SY
ES
YE
SY
ES
516.
800.
913
812S
B L
OO
P P
OW
ER
ED
UL
SO
UN
DE
R B
AS
EY
ES
YE
SY
ES
YE
S
Chapter 6 - Detector Bases and Accessories
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 83
Sou
nd
er B
ase
Com
pa
tibility C
ha
rt
MKII Sounder Base Application Table PA
RT
NO
. D
ES
CR
IPTI
ON
FAS
T
TE
MP
OR
AL
3 A
LTE
RN
ATI
NG
2(1
1)
ALT
ER
NA
TIN
G 2
(9)
C
ON
TIN
UO
US
(14)
CO
NTI
NU
OU
SS
WE
EP
(2)
57
7.00
1.03
560
1SB
CO
NV
EN
TIO
NA
L S
OU
ND
ER
BA
SE
YE
SY
ES
YE
SY
ES
577.
001.
037
601S
BD
CO
NV
EN
TIO
NA
L D
IOD
E S
OU
ND
ER
BA
SE
YE
SY
ES
YE
SY
ES
516.
800.
911
901S
B U
NIV
ER
SA
L S
OU
ND
ER
BA
SE
YE
SY
ES
YE
SY
ES
516.
800.
912
912S
B U
NIV
ER
SA
L U
L S
OU
ND
ER
BA
SE
YE
SY
ES
YE
SY
ES
577.
001.
036
602S
B
2 W
IRE
LIN
E P
OW
ER
ED
SO
UN
DE
R B
AS
EY
ES
YE
SY
ES
YE
S
577.
001.
038
602S
BD
2 W
IRE
LIN
E P
OW
ER
ED
DIO
DE
SO
UN
DE
R B
AS
EY
ES
Y
ES
YE
SY
ES
516.
800.
910
802S
B M
X L
OW
PO
WE
RE
D S
OU
ND
ER
BA
SE
YE
SY
ES
YE
SY
ES
516.
800.
913
812S
B L
OO
P P
OW
ER
ED
UL
SO
UN
DE
R B
AS
EY
ES
YE
SY
ES
YE
S
(2)
(3)
(7)
(9)
(11)
(14
) (2
5) (
26)
= R
OSH
NI T
ON
E N
UM
BER
Chapter 6 - Detector Bases and Accessories
Du
ct
Pro
be
Un
its
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
Chapter 7 - Duct Probe Air Sampling
Page 84
SMP69 Duct Probe Air Sampling - Stainless Steel
Product Codes517.025.035SMP69 Stainless Steel Duct Probeunit and universal detector base forSeries 600/800 Detectors.517.025.028DPS450 Probe tube stainless steeland exhaust517.025.029DPS600 Probe tube stainless steel600mm and exhaust
517.025.030DPS750 Probe tube stainless steel750mm and exhaust517.025.031DPS900 Probe tube stainless steel900mm and exhaust517.025.033DPS1500 Probe tube stainless steel1500mm and exhaust
Datasheet - Product Code PSF92“SMP69 Duct Probe Unit” Manual - Vol01B-06-D1 “DetectorsFire Manual
Duct Probe Air SamplingWhere smoke within duct work needs to be detected these duct probe units provide an economical solution, for usewith 600 and 800 series detectors. Where demanding environmental conditions exist, a stainless steel version isavailable.
MP/SMP Duct Probe UnitsThe MP/SMP Duct Probe Units are designed to be installed in airconditioning supply and exhaust ducts for the purpose of monitoring theairflow for smoke and combustion products.
The MP69 and SMP69 probe units are designed to accept and operatewith the series 600 and 800 detectors. For general applications it isrecommended that photoelectric smoke detectors rather than ionisationsmoke detectors are used.The SMP stainless steel probe unit is designed to withstand the moredemanding environments of the offshore oil and gas industries.The units are designed to operate in airspeeds of 1.5 to 25 metres persecond. A range of sampling tubes from 525mm to 1575mm is available
MP69 SMP69Height 90mm 90mmWidth 145mm 150mmLength 220mm 225mmWeight 0.58Kg 1.2Kg
WarningDuct probe units sited in the common duct workto several extract grills may fail to respond tosmoke from any one extract due to the effect ofdilution. The MP/SMP units will not respond toairflow of less than 1.5m/sec.
MP69 Duct Probe Air Sampling
Product Codes517.025.036MP69 Duct Probe unit and base forSeries 600/800 Detectors517.001.035DP450 Probe Tube and exhaust517.001.036DP600 Probe Tube 600mm andexhaust517.001.037DP750 Probe Tube 750mm andexhaust
517.001.038DP900 Probe Tube 900mm andexhaust517.001.039DP1200 Probe Tube 1200mm andexhaust517.001.040DP1500 Probe Tube 1500mm andexhaust
Datasheet - Product Code PSF91“MP69 Duct Probe Unit”
Manual - Vol01B-06-D1 “DetectorsFire Manual”
Technical SpecificationOperating temperature: -20°C to +70°CStorage temperature: -25°C to +80°CRelative Humidity: 0 to 95%MP69 "Bayblend" housing with
transparent polycarbonate cover
SMP69 Stainless steel 316 housing with transparent polycarbonate cover
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
Chapter 8 - VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detection
Page 85
Ve
sd
a L
ase
r Focu
s
VESDA Aspirating Smoke DetectionVesda aspirating smoke detection provides a high sensitivity method for detection of fires at a very early stage - it isideal for computer rooms and other high risk and high value areas. The range of products ranges from theLaserfocus for small risks up to the LaserPlus range of networkable 4 pipe panels.
Incorporating detection methodology derived from itsVESDA predecessors - the LaserPLUS, LaserSCANNERand LaserCOMPACT - the VESDA LaserFOCUS multiplepoint air sampling technology works by utilising a highlyeffective aspirator that continually draws air into its laserdetection chamber via a pipe network.
Accurate assessment of the air sample using calibrateddetection and long detector life expectancy, are assuredwith patented dual stage filtration process that botheliminates background ‘noise’ and preserves the opticalintegrity of the laser technology with its clean air bleed.The result of which is an unchallenged detection processable to provide reliable and consistent very early warningsmoke detection performance across a diverse range ofapplications.
• Laser Based Absolute Smoke Detection• Very Early Warning of a Potential Fire Incident• Wide Sensitivity Range (0.025%-20% obs/m)
(0.008 - 6.4% obs/ft)• Detection Capabilities for smaller critical areas up to
500m• Dual Stage Dust Filtration • Programmable Alarm Thresholds • Reliable Air Flow Monitoring • Easy User Interaction• AutoLearn Smoke & Flow• Pre-engineerred Pipe Designs
Vesda LaserFOCUS Aspirating Smoke Detection
Technical SpecificationSupply Voltage: 18 to 30 VdcCurrent Consumption: 220mA quiescent
295 mA alarmDimensions: 255H x 185W x90DmmWeight: 2 kgIP Rating: IP30Operating Temp: 0°C to 40°CSampled Air: 0°C to 40°CHumidity: 5% to 95% (non condensing)
Features
Product Codes516.018.020 VLF-250 Vesda Laserfocus
(with English overlay)516.018.021 VLF-250 Vesda Laserfocus
(with European overlay)516.018.022 VIC-010 LaserFocus Vesda
Network Card516.018.023 VLF-500 Vesda Laserfocus
(with English overlay)516.018.024 VLF-500 Vesda Laserfocus
(with European overlay)
Ve
sd
a L
ase
rCom
pa
ct
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 86
VESDA LaserCOMPACTTM and VLC 800 MX Laser CompactThe LaserCOMPACT and VLC800 MX Laser compactdetector has been specifically designed to provide all thebenefits of aspirating smoke detection, including very earlywarning, in single small areas and where space is apremium.
This has been achieved through the combination ofapproved LaserPLUS detection technology, dual stagefiltration technology and a modified aspirator designincorporated in a smaller enclosure with simplified display.
LaserCOMPACT is available in two versions, one thatinterfaces via relays only (RO) or across either the relays orVESDAnetTM (VN).
The VLC 800MX Laser Compact is available with an in-builtMX interface to enable it to communicate directly with theMX loop.
Technical SpecificationSupply Voltage: 18 to 30VdcCurrent Consumption: 225mA quiescent,
245mA in alarmDimensions: 225H x 225W x 85DmmWeight: 1.9KgOperating Temp: -10°C to+ 39°CSampled Air: -20°C to +60°C
Features• Reduced size• Absolute smoke detection• Wide sensitivity range• Single pipe inlet• Simple display• Referencing• VESDAnet communication (VN)• Dual stage dust filter • Three alarm levels• Configurable relays• Air flow monitoring• Optional remote display and relay capability• Simple mounting design• AutoLearnTM
Product CodesUK Europe 516.018.011 561.043VLC-505 VESDA net Version (VN)516.018.010 561.042VLC-500 Relays Only Version (RO)516.018.012 561.052VLC800 MX Addressable Vesda Laser compact(Compatible with MX Consys versions 2.1 and above)
Chapter 8 - VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detection
Ve
sd
a L
ase
rplu
s
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 87
LaserPLUS Standard Modular Range - LaserPLUS DetectorsThe detector assembly contains the laser detectionchamber, high efficiency aspirator, monitored filtercartridge, control electronics, and relay interface. Thedetector assembly can be used as a “distributed” system,with the display, programmer and VESDAnet socketmodules mounted in a remote location.
Alternatively, the detector assembly can be configured as a“self-contained” system by replacing the detector’s blankpanels with the display and/or programming modules.
Technical SpecificationSupply Voltage: 18 to 30VdcCurrent Consumption: (No display or programmer)
240mA quiescent plus 50mA alarm (24Vdc & 3000 rpm)
Dimensions: 225H x 350W x 125D mmWeight: 4.0Kg (including display and
programmer modules)Operating Temp.: 0°C to + 39°CHumidity: 0-95% RH, non condensing
Features• Wide sensitivity range• Laser-based light source• 4 Configurable alarm levels• Purpose built Aspirator• 4 In-line Inlet pipes• Flow sensor for each inlet pipe• Wide range DC power• Low-cost maintenance• Dual stage filter• Easy access to filter cartridge• 7 Software configurable relays• Recessed mounting• Multiple exhausts
Product CodesUK Europe516.018.001 561.036VLP-012 LaserPLUS Detector, programmer and display516.018.002 561.037VLP-002 LaserPLUS Detector and display516.018.013 561.038VLP-400 LaserPLUS Detector with fire OK LED516.018.003VLP-000 LaserPLUS Detector
516.018.001 (561.036)VLP-012 LaserPLUS Detector, programmer anddisplay
516.018.002 (561.037)VLP-002 LaserPLUS Detector and display
516.018.003VLP-000 LaserPLUS Detector
516.018.013 (561.038)VLP-400 LaserPLUS Detector with fire OK LED
Chapter 8 - VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detection
Ve
sd
a L
ase
rPlu
s S
ca
nn
ers
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 88
VLS-214-FD7 Scanner
VLS-200 FD7 Scanner
VLS-204 FD7
Product CodesUK Europe516.018.004 561.044VLS-214 FD7 Scanner, programmerand display with 7 relays.
516.018.007 561.039VLS-314 FD12 Scanner, programmerand display with 12 relays
Product CodesUK Europe516.018.005 561.045VLS-204 FD7 Scanner and displaywith 7 relays.
516.018.008 561.040VLS-304 FD12 Scanner and displaywith 12 relays
Product CodesUK Europe516.018.006VLS-200 FD7 Scanner516.018.016 561.046VLS-600 FD7 Scanner with Fire OK LED
516.018.009VLS-300 FD12 Scanner516.018.019 561.041VLS-700 FD12 Scanner with Fire OKLED
LaserPLUS Scanners - 7 & 12 Relay Output Variants VESDA LaserPLUS is also available in a Scannerconfiguration, which allows the system to distinguish andidentify the pipe carrying smoke, while sampling multiplesectors.
The VESDA LaserPLUS will continue to sample from allsectors to monitor the fire growth and maintain fullprotection.
Technical SpecificationSupply Voltage: 18 to 30VdcCurrent consumption: (No display or programmer)
240mA quiescent plus 70mA alarm (24Vdc & 3000 rpm)
Dimensions: 225H x 350W x 125D mmWeight: 4.0Kg including display and
programmer modulesOperating Temp.: 0°C to + 39°CHumidity: 10-95% RH, non condensingRelay Outputs: 7 or 12
Features• Individual pipe annunciation• Adaptive scan threshold• Wide sensitivity range (0.005 to 20% obs/m)• Laser based light source• Configurable alarm levels• Purpose built Aspirator• 4 In-Line inlet pipes• Flow sensor for each pipe inlet• Low-cost maintenance• Dual stage filter• Easy access to filter cartridge• Recessed mounting
Product CodesUK Europe516.018.004 561.044VLS-214 FD7 Scanner, programmer and display with 7relays.516.018.007 561.039VLS-314 FD12 Scanner, programmer and display with 12relays516.018.005 561.045VLS-204 FD7 Scanner and display with 7 relays.516.018.008 561.040VLS-304 FD12 Scanner and display with 12 relays516.018.006VLS-200 FD7 Scanner516.018.016 561.046VLS-600 FD7 Scanner with Fire OK LED516.018.009VLS-300 FD12 Scanner516.018.019 561.041VLS-700 FD12 Scanner with Fire OK LED
Datasheet - Product Code PSF105 “VESDALaserPLUS”
Chapter 8 - VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detection
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 89
Ve
sd
a R
em
ote
Dis
pla
ys
Remote Displays and ModulesA display module monitors the VESDA LaserPLUSdetector. It reports a visual representation of smoke levels,and all alarm and fault conditions. The internal sounderwarns personnel in the local area that an alarm thresholdhas been reached, or a fault has occurred.
It has a 20 segment vertical bar graph, a 2-digit numericaldisplay, an audible sounder and clear alarm and faultindicators. It also has 4 push buttons to control thedetector and the mode of the display.Displays can be located at a convenient location - eitherwithin the detector module, or remotely on the VESDAnet.For monitoring convenience, multiple displays can beassociated with a single detector.
Features• Four alarm levels (Alert/Action, Fire 1 & Fire 2)• 20 segment vertical bar graph• Alarm threshold indicators
(Alert, Action & Fire 1)• Audio and visual indication• Alarm indicators• Informative fault indicators• Multi-mode numeric display(defaults to smoke
obscuration)• Acknowledged push-button presses• Multiple language supported• Addressable to any detector
Optional Remote Displays
VRT-400,700 & 800
Product CodeUK EUROPE516.018.104VRT-400 Remote scan displayincluding 7 relays
516.018.107 571.083VRT-700 Remote scanner display -no relays516.018.108VRT-800 Remote scanner displaywith 12 relays
Supply Voltage: 18-30Vdc (when used in detector unit, Remote unit or 19” rack)
Current Consumption: 60mA quiescent plus 20mAalarm @24Vdc - (module only)/90mA quiescent plus
20mA alarm @24Vdc (in remote mounting box)
Dimensions: 150H x 140W x 90D mmOperating Temp.: 0°C to +39°CHumidity: 10-95% RH, non condensing
Technical Specification
VRT-300
Product CodeUK EUROPE516.018.103 571.104VRT-300 Remote VESDAnet socket
VRT-100
Product CodeUK EUROPE516.018.101 571.084VRT-100 Remote programmer
VRT-200,600,J00 and K00 displays
Product CodeUK EUROPE516.018.102VRT-200 Remote display including 7 relays
516.018.106 571.082VRT-600 Remote detector display- no relays516.018.119VRT-J00 Compact Display c/w 7relays
516.018.120VRT-K00 Compact Display no relays
Chapter 8 - VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detection
Ve
sd
a A
ncil
lari
es
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 90
LaserPLUS Standard 19 Inch Sub-Rack Remote Display Assemblies
The 19” sub-rack is available as amounting option, with 4 mountingslots for display or programmingmodules.Technical SpecificationDimensions: 128H x 482W x 120Dmm
Product Codes516.018.201VSR-2000 19” Sub-rack with 1detector display and 3 blanks516.018.203VSR-2210 19” Sub-rack, 2 detectordisplays, programmer and 1 blank
516.018.204VSR-2221 19” Sub-rack with 3detector displays and programmer516.018.206VSR-2222 19” Sub-rack with 4detector displays
Sub-rack configurations other thanthose available as standard can besupplied as custom built units. Thesub-rack and cost of assembly areincluded in the VSR-CUSTOM.The configuration of the custom builtunit must be specified at time ofordering (e.g. 2 x VSU-0 and 2 xVSU-2 configured as VSR-0022)Note: The order of the numbers (e.g.0022) indicates the order in whichthe sub-units will be mounted in thesub-rack housing when looking fromthe front of the unit - from left to right
Product Codes516.018.260VSU-0 Blank Sub-unit516.018.261VSU-1 Programmer sub-unit516.018.262VSU-2 Detector display sub-unitplus 7 relays516.018.264VSU-4 Scanner display sub-unit plus7 relays516.018.265VSU-5 Blank sub-unit with 7 relays516.018.214VSU-E Blank scanner sub-unit with 7relays
516.018.268VSU-8 Scanner display sub-unit with12 relays516.018.269VSU-9 Blank display sub-unit with 12relays516.018.219VSU-J Compact display sub-unitplus 7 relays516.018.210VSR-CUSTOM Custom sub-rackhousing includes cost of custombuilding 4 VSU sub-rack units.
LaserPLUS Spares
The following common VESDALaserPLUS spares are kept in stockby Tyco Safety Products. Otherspares can be supplied if required.
Product Codes516.018.501VSP-002 Display (spare)516.018.502VSP-004 Scanner display (spare)516.018.503VSP-001 Programmer (spare)516.018.505
VSP-019 Filter cover door (spare)516.018.506VSP-006 Spare detector chassis andmanifold516.018.508VSP-008 Spare remote terminationcard 7 relays516.018.509VSP-009 Spare scanner chassis andmanifold516.018.514VSP-014 Spare header terminationcard 7 relays
516.018.515VSP-015 Spare aspirator fan516.018.504VSP-005 Filter cartridge (spare)
LaserPLUS Components for Ordering Custom Built Remote Display Sub-racks
LaserPLUS Standard 19 Inch Rack Remote Display Assemblies
Standard rack enclosures areavailable to fit 2 (see picture) or 5sub-rack assemblies.
Technical SpecificationDimensions:020-052 400H x 600W x 220D mm020-055 800H x 600W x 220D mm020-050 300H x 400W x 140D mm
Product Codes516.018.301020-052 19” Rack enclosure (2 rows)516.018.302020-055 19” Rack enclosure (5 rows)516.018.303020-050 IP65 Enclosure
LaserPLUS Ancillaries & Power Supply Unit
A variety of other ancillaries areavailable. Configuration software isavailable from vision systemswebsite www.vesda.com.
Product CodesUK EUROPE516.018.402 571.086VHX-0200 PC link HLI plus leads(MK2)516.018.407VESDA 24Vd.c 2A Power supplyand chargerUK EUROPE516.018.401 571.085VHH-100 Hand held programmerplus leads
Chapter 8 - VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detection
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 91
Ve
sd
a A
ncilla
ries
All VESDA LaserPLUS products arecurrently supplied from stock in Tycogrey with English labels andsoftware. Labels can be easilychanged to any of the languagesbelow.
Alternatively, where large quantitiesare involved Tyco Safety Productscan arrange for special delivery ofpre-labelled products - extra deliverytime must be allowed.
Product Codes516.018.270VESDA Scanner Swedish Language571.088VESDA Scanner German Language571.087VESDA Detector
VESDA International Language Decals
Chapter 8 - VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detection
Ve
sd
a A
sp
ira
tin
g P
ipe
& F
itti
ng
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 92
Vesda Pipe and Fittings VESDA Aspirating Pipe & Fittings are a metric standard of 25mm external diameter with suitable adaptors availablefor imperial to metric conversions. (British Standard approved pipes BS5391 Part 1 1976 and BS5391 Part 1 1976 forfittings).The British manufactured pipe is produced in red ABS under a stringent quality control approved to BS EN ISO9001,which covers all aspects of product design, manufacture and inspection.
VESDA Aspirating Pipe & Fittings
Features• Toughness and durability• Chemical resistance • Easy to joint• Low Friction • Wide temperature range • Lightweight• Red colour for easy identification
Pipe 25mm diameter
VESDA aspirating pipe, printed alongits length on opposite side at 450mmintervals.
3 m length pipeOrder in multiples of 10.
Product Code516.018.901Pipe 25mm diameter
Socket 25mm
Straight socket for 25mm pipe.Order in multiples of 10.
Product Code516.018.902Socket to 25mm
Socket union 25mm
Socket union to facilitate servicing ofpipework. Order in multiples of 1.
Product Code516.018.903Socket union 25mm
Socket Adaptor 25mm to 3/4”
Socket adaptor, imperial to metric, toextend existing systems. Order in multiples of 5
Product Code516.018.909Socket Adaptor 25mm to 3/4
Bend 25mm
90 degree Long Radius bendOrder in multiples of 5
Product Code516.018.904Long Radios bend 90°
Chapter 8 - VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detection
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 93
Ve
sd
a A
sp
iratin
g P
ipe
& F
itting
Elbow 25mm
45 deg elbowOrder in multiples of 5
Product Code516.018.905Elbow 25mm
End Cap 25mm
End cap 25mmOrder in multiples of 5
Product Code516.018.906End cap 25mm
Equal Tee 25mm
Equal Tee 25mm Order in multiples of 5
Product Code516.018.907Equal Tee 25mm
Pipe Clip 25mm
Pipe Clip 25mmOrder in multiples of 10
Product Code516.018.908Pipe Clip 25mm
Solvent Cement (0.25I Tin)
Solvent cement Product Code516.018.910Solvent cement
Capillary Tube Conical Sample Point Assembly
Capillary Tube Conical Sample PointAssembly. 25mm socket adaptor + 2m capillarytube (tube colour - red)
Product Code516.018.911Capillary Tube Conical Sample PointAssembly.
Capillary Tube Flush Sample Point Assembly
Capillary Tube Flush Sample PointAssembly. 25mm socket adaptor +2m capillary tube (tube colour - red)
Product Code516.018.912Capillary Tube Flush Sample PointAssembly
Capillary Tube 10 mm
Capillary Tube 10 mm10mm o/d x 30m length(tube colour - red)
Product Code516.018.915Capillary Tube 10 mm
Pipe Cutters
Pipe Cutter Product Code516.018.918Pipe Cutter
Pipe Ties
Pipe Ties (Red)Order in multiples of 100.
Product Code516.018.920Pipe Ties (Red)
Chapter 8 - VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detection
Ve
sd
a A
sp
ira
tin
g P
ipe
& F
itti
ng
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 94
Sampling Point Label (1 reel)
Sampling point label. Order inmultiples of 100.
Product Code517.017.005Sampling point label.
Pipe Label (1reel)
Pipe Label. Order in multiples of 100. Product Code517.017.006Pipe Label
Pipework designs for Vesda Systems must be verified by the use of the “Aspire” pipework DesignSoftware Tool . Available for download from Vision systems Website at www.vesda.com.
Chapter 8 - VESDA Aspirating Smoke Detection
Fla
me
De
tectio
n
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
Chapter 9 - Special Hazards
Page 95
Special HazardsTyco Safety Products manufacturers and provides a wide range of equipment suitable for use in hazardousequipment, where normal equipment cannot be safely used. The range extends from IS detectors for use onconventional system to flameproof and I.S. flame detectors for use in the most demanding of environments. A complete range of Barriers, Housing, callpoints and Sounders is available to fully support the product range.
S200+
Fla
me
De
tecto
rs
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 96
Special Hazards Detectors - ATEX ApprovedThe MINERVA S200 PLUS flame detectors are the latest Infrared solar blind and multi-channel infra-red flamedetectors with low power consumption and high false alarm immunity.
The MINERVA S200 PLUS range of advanced flame detectors is the most comprehensive range available.
S200 Plus Triple IR Solar Blind Flame DetectorUnlike other flame detectors on the market the MINERVAS200 PLUS is available in both Intrinsically Safe (EEx ia)and Flameproof (EEx d) models. The intrinsically safe models are suffixed by the letter " i "and are ATEX Certified EEx ia IIC T5. As part of anintrinsically safe circuit, it is suitable for zones 0,1 and 2
where group IIC gases or lesser hazards can becontinuously present in explosive concentrations. The flameproof models are suffixed by the letter "f" and areATEX Certified EEx d IIC T6. The detectors are suitable forzones 1 and 2 where group IIC gases or lesser hazardscan be intermittently present in explosive concentrations.
Technical SpecificationDetector Material: Stainless Steel 316L/316Dimensions: 167H x 167W x 89D MMWeight: 4.5KgGland Entry: 2 x 20mmRange: 0.1m2 petrol at 50m
0.4m2 petrol at 60mOperating Temp: -40 to +80°CResponse Time: Field Selectable 3,6 and 12sSensitivity: 3 range settingsRelative Humidity: 95% (100% intermittent)Enclosure to: IP 66 and IP 67
For information on flame detector test equipment, pleaserefer to the detector test equipment section.
ApprovalsVarious models are certified by a number of approvalbodies including those listed below. Please refer to theWebsite for details. ATEX Approved models have a suffix ‘1’ as the third digit. FM Approved models have a suffix ‘2’ as the third digit.NSTC LPCB LRS DNV KFEIC SSL MCA
Features• Triple waveband infrared solar blind flame detection for
optimum false alarm immunity• Unrivalled black body rejection over a wide range of
source temperatures• Range adjustable to 50 metres for a 0.1m2 petrol pan fire• Discrimination of optical faults (dirty windows) from other
faults by the built-in self test feature• Housing designed for easy installation of cabling• Models also available with relay or 4-20mA outputs• Patented dual filter solar blindness for complete solar
blindness• 100°field of view on IS versions• 90° field of view on
Flameproof versions
Product Codes517.001.266 S200+ Spares Kit & Sealant517.001.263 S200+ Weather Protection Assembly
Datasheet - Product Code PSF102 “Minerva S200 Plus Series”
Chapter 9 - Special Hazards
Approvals
Interface ATEX FM Product Codes
Conventional 4-20mA Addressable Relay Ex ‘ia’ Ex ‘d’ Ex ‘d’
S231i+ � � 516.037.004
S231f+ � � 516.037.003
S232f+ � � 516.037.015
S241i+ � � 516.038.004
S241f+ � � 516.038.003
S251i+ � � 516.039.004
S251f+ � � 516.039.003
S261f+ � � 516.040.002
S262f+ � � 516.040.012
S271i+ � � 516.041.004
S271f+ � � 516.041.003
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 97
S200+
Fla
me
De
tecto
rs
S200 Plus Triple IR Solar Blind Flame Detector
Additional Features• Flexible mounting and angular adjustment• 2 x 20mm field cable entries• IP66/67 housing designed for external use• Rugged 316 stainless steel housing and mounting bracket• Operating temperature range of -40 to + 80°C• Variable response times and sensitivity settings• Remote self test and range setting• True window test in detection area (i.e. not in the edge of the
window)• Terminals provided for Remote LED connection where relevant• BASEEFA (CENELEC) certified• Meets the requirements of EN54 Pt10• FM, DNV and LRS certified• Very low power consumption (0.35mA)• Models available with Conventional or Analogue Addressable
interface (requires 2 core cable only)
Chapter 9 - Special Hazards
S131 F
lam
e D
ete
cto
rs
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 98
S131 Infra Red Flame Detector, Solar BlindThe S131 is a single sensor infra-red flame detector withoptical filtering, suitable for use outdoors in a wide rangeof applications.
Specifically designed for use in the demandingenvironments of the onshore petro-chemical industry, theS131 detector incorporates an abrasion resistant sapphire
window in a GRP anti-static housing which providesprotection against water ingress under sustained, highwind driven conditions. It is completely blind to solarradiation whether direct, reflected or modulated.
Technical Specification
Features• No false alarms from welding, sunlight or high intensity
lamps • Low maintenance costs • Quick response to carbon fires• Good performance (20m)• Completely solar-blind for use outdoors • High sensitivity with exceptional interference rejection• ATEX approved EEx ia IIC T5• Housing protection to IP65• 2 core interface to conventional fire systems• Built in response indicator• High immunity to smoke, dust and grime
Product Codes516.009.023 S131 Infra-red flame detector solar blind517.001.146 S131/S161 Spare Gasket Kit (Pk5)
Datasheet - Product Code PSF58 “S131 Flame Detector” Manual - Vol01A-04-D4 “Detectors Fire Manual”
Material: G.R.P. Anti-static, blackDimensions: 160H x 160W x 90D mm
(without bracket)Weight: 2.85 Kg (including bracket)Gland Entry: 2 x 20mmRange: 0.1m2 petrol at 20m
0.4m2 petrol at 40mField of View: 90° min inclusiveResponse Time: 3 secs min
5-10 secs typicalSupply Voltage: 15.5 to 25.5VdcQuiescent Current: 100µa max at 20VdcAlarm Current: 60mA maxOperating Temp: -30°C (-40°C with reduced
range) to +70°CStorage Temp: -40°C to + 80°CRelative Humidity:95% (100% intermittent)Enclosure to: IP65Classification: ATEX EEx ia IIC T5
Suitable for use in zones 0,1 and 2 where group IIC gasses or lesser hazards are present in explosive concentrations.
Chapter 9 - Special Hazards
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 99
Fla
me
De
tectio
n Te
st E
qu
ipm
en
t
S200 Series Test Equipment
Features• Approved for use in zone 1 & 2 areas (GP11\C Gases)• Adaptor plate to ensure perfect alignment
Product Codes592.001.016 T210+ Test source for use with
(517.001.224) Solo 704 Adaptor Tube Band Solo 100/101 Poles(517.001.230/226)
592.001.014 T210+Adaptor required for the T210+ tobe used with S200 and S200 Plus Flamedetectors
592.001.010 T110 PP9 Battery and Charger Kit
Datasheet - Product Code PSF060 “T110/T210 Test Source” Manual - Vol01A-01-G1 “Detectors Fire Manual”
Technical SpecificationMaterial: Glass filled polyesterWeight: 0.8kgSupply Voltage: 9VdcOperating Temp. 110°C to + 50°CHumidity: 95% (Non Condensing)Enclosure: IP54Classification: Atex EEx e ib 11CT4. Suitable for use in
zones 1 & 2 where group 11C gases orlesser hazards are sometimes present inexplosive concentrations.
S100 Series Test Equipment
Product Codes592.001.012T110 Test Source for use with(517.001.224) Solo 704 adaptor tubeB and Solo 100/101 poles(517.001.230/226)
592.001.010T110 PP9 Battery and Charger kit592.001.011T110 Carrying case
592.001.018T110 Adaptor for series 600 and 800flame detectors
592.001.005T110 Adaptor for S131/161 Detectors
S100/200 Series Flame Detectors Mounting Bracket
Technical SpecificationWeight: 1.1KgDimensions: 202H x 130W x
72D mmConstruction: SS316 to
BS1449 Pt. 2
Axial Rotation: 360o
Elevation: 80o
Fixing: M8 bolts
Product Code517.001.184Flame detector bracket assembly(Stainless Steel) for use with allS100/200 Series detectors
Chapter 9 - Special Hazards
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 100
UV
/IR
Fla
me
De
tecti
on
Spectrex SharpEyeTM UV and UV/IR Flame Detectors These detectors allow UV and UV/IR flame detection to beoffered where specifically specified or in the fewapplications where the S200 Plus Triple IR flame detectoris not suitable, such as metal fires.
The stocklised Spectrex SharpEyeTM are available withautomatic built in test (BIT), Relay and 4-20mA output and2 x M25 gland entries. The SharpEyeTM flame detectors areoptically based self contained, microprocessor controlledultravoilet/infrared (UV/IR) and ultraviolet (UV) flamedetectors.
Both models are housed in a robust heavy duty copperfree (less than 1% ) Aluminium enclosure finished in withepoxy enamel.
Environmental protection is IP66 and IP67 to EN60529 andalso meets the requirements of MIL-STD-810C.
These models have ATEX certification EX II 2 G, EExd IIB+ H2 T4 (85°C)
Technical SpecificationOperating Temperature: -40°C to +85 °CStorage Temperature: -55°C to +85 °CWeight - 3.7KgDimensions 120 x 132 x 132mm
Features• UV and UV/IR versions• Automatic Built IN Test (BIT)• User programmable configuration• Standard relay and 4-20mA outputs• MTBF minimum of 100,000 Hrs
Product Codes516.060.040 SharpEye 20/20 UB - Atex certified UV
flame detector with built in test,Aluminium Housing, M25 cable entries,calibrated to 85 °C
516.060.041 SharpEye 20/20 LB - Atex certified UV/IRflame detector with built in test,Aluminium Housing, M25 cable entries,calibrated to 85 °C
516.060.010 Spectrex 20/20-03 Stainless steelmounting bracket
516.060.011 Spectrex 20/20-311Test Source
516.060.012 Spectrex Rain cover for UV and UV/IRdetectors (Stainless Steel)
Chapter 9 - Special Hazards
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 101
Intrin
sic
ally S
afe
Ad
dre
ssa
ble
De
tectio
n
There is a risk of fire or explosion in all areas containingflammable substances in the form of liquids, gasses, dust ormaterials. Where these combustible materials are mixed withair in sufficient concentration they form a flammableatmosphere and the areas containing them are designatedHazardous Areas. When a source of ignition, such as a spark,is applied in a hazardous area, an explosion could take place.Electrical equipment supplied for use in Hazardous Areasmust comply with requirements to ensure that its introductioninto the area does not increase the existing risk. System 800is an MX TechnologyTM Intrinsically Safe (I.S) system for use inHazardous Areas which can be connected to the MX FireDetection Systems installed in the Safe Areas.
The System designer must be familiar with BS EN60079-14, EN50, and ATEX certification and havesuccessfully completed an appropriate recognised coursein Intrinsic Safety. Design of the system requires that thedesigner has all the information concerning the installationcorrectly documented. The nature of the hazard must bedefined by the customer and a survey carried out todetermine the proximity of the safe area to establish cableruns.
The probability of a flammable mixture being present isdefined by a zone number. Flammable gasses areclassified in Groups and their minimum spontaneousignition temperature is categorised by Class. Tyco SafetyProducts supplied equipment marked EEx ia IIC T5 wouldbe suitable for use in worst case conditions. E.G. Zone 0(ia), Hydrogen (IIc), T5 (100 deg C). The Fire AlarmEquipment and Safety Barriers should be placed as near
as possible to the containment wall of the Hazardous Area.This minimises the cable lengths between the barrier andthe Hazardous Area and thus the capacity to store energy.
In order that an Installation will comply with the ATEXcertification designated for each system, it is essential thatthe certified devices are connected with cables of thespecified limits. These limits have been certified forspecific classifications of hazard in order that energystorage is limited.
The number of devices connected to the barrier andlocated in the Hazardous Area must always be limited tonot more than the listed maximum.
The use of the MX designer Software tool will ensurecorrect loop loading and it’s use is essential to the designprocess.
System 800 is for use in MX Technology Addressable Firedetection circuits.
Manual Vol17A “Detection Fire Manual” *Section is indicated next to the product code. Datasheet PSF129Manual 17A-02-DETEx
System 800 Fire Detection for Hazardous AreasComplete range of ATEX certified detectors suitable for use in Zone 0,1,& 2 Areas. MX digital addressable for use onMinerva MX Fire Controllers.
Features• Addressable I.S. MX Technology• Compatible with S271i+ flame detector• Compatible I.S. callpoint. • Atex certified intrinsically safe Ex II 1 G System• Suitable for use in Zone 0, 1 & 2
Chapter 9 - Special Hazards
Intr
insic
all
y S
afe
Ad
dre
ssa
ble
De
tecti
on
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 102
801PHEx Smoke and Heat Detector
The 801PHEx Intrinsically SafeOptical Smoke & Heat Detectorforms part of the 800Ex IntrinsicallySafe Series of MX Addressable FireDetectors, The detector plugs intoan MUBEx base.
The mode of detector may be:. Optical smoke only detector
(sentisivity High, Normal or Low). HPO smoke detector (sensitivity
High, Normal or Low) . Heat only rate-of-rise (A1R)
detector (no sensitivity selection)
. Heat fixed temperature 60°C (A2S(no sensitivity selection)
. Optical (sensitivity High, Normalor Low) combined with heat fixedtemperature 60°C (A2S)
. HPO (sensitivity High, Normal orLow) combined with heat fixedtemperature 60°C
. (A2S)
Technical SpecificationATEX Code Ex II 1GCenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5Weight 0.2Kg detector and base
(approx)Operating Temp Range -10°C to
+55°CStorage Temp. -20°C to +55°CRelative Humidity 90% non-
condensing
Product Code516.800.530. 801PHEx Optical Smoke + HeatDetector: Manual Vol 17A-02-PHEX
801CHEx CO & Heat Detector
The 801 CHEx Intrinsically SafeCarbon Monoxide plus Heat Detectorforms part of the 800Ex IntrinsicallySafe Series of MX Addressable FireDetectors. The detector plugs intoan MUBEx base. the mode ofdetector may be:
The mode of detector may be:. Heat only detector (A1R or A2S)
(sensitivity: High, Normal or Low). Compensated Carbon Monoxide
detector (sensitivity: High Normalor Low)
. Compensated Carbon Monoxidedetector (sensitivity: High or
Normal) combined with heat(A1R)
Technical SpecificationATEX Coce: Ex II 1GCelenec Code: EEX ia IIC T5Weight: 0.2Kg detector
and base (approx)
Operating Temp. Range-10°C to +55°C
Storage Temp. -20°C to +55°CRelative Humidity 90% non
condensing.
Product Code516.800.531801CHEx Carbon Monoxide + HeatDetector:
Manual Vol 17A-02-CHEX
801HEx Heat Detector
The 801HEx Intrinsically Safe HeatDetector forms part of the 800ExIntrinsically Safe Series of MXAddressable Fire Detectors. Thedetector plugs into an MUBEx base.The mode of detector may be:
. EN54-5 A1R, rate-of- rise normalambient
. EN54-5 A2S, fixed 60°C
. EN54-5 CR, rate-of-rise highambient;
. ATEX Code: Ex II 1G
. Cenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5
Technical SpecificationATEX Coce: Ex II 1GCelenec Code: EEX ia IIC T5Weight 0.2Kg detector and base(approx)Operating Temp. Range
-10°C to +55°C
Storage Temp. - 20°C to +55°C
Relative Humidity 90% non condensing
Product Code516.800.532801HEx Heat Detector
Manual Vol 17A-02-HEX
801FEx Flame Detector
The 801FEx point type flamedetector forms part of the MXTechnology®range of digitaladdressable fire detectors. Thedetector plugs into an MUBEx base.
The 801FEx is a full featured solarblind flame detectors and can detecta 0.1m2 fire at a range of 20m.
ATEX code:Ex II 1GCenelec code: EEx ia IIC T4.
Technical SpecificationWeight: 0.2Kg detector
and base (approx)
Operating Temp.Range -20°C to
+70°C Storage Temp. -40°C to +80°CRelative Humidity 90% non-
condensing.
Product Code516.800.066801FEx MX I.R. Flame Detector 516.800.067811FEx M MX Marine I.R. FlameDetector
Manual Vol 17A-02-FEX
Chapter 9 - Special Hazards
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 103
Intrin
sic
ally S
afe
An
cilla
ries
IS28 Banshee Sounder
The IS28 MK4 intrinsically safebanshee sounder has beendeveloped for use in hazardousareas. Up to a maximum of four soundersmay be connected to one I.S.sounder driver. Each IS28 bansheehas an output of 94dBA at onemetre, this sound output will reduce
to approximately 90dBA when foursounders are fitted to a circuit.
Features• ATEX Certification number
ITS03ATEX213311X to II G• EEX Ia IIC T5
Product Code576.501.013IS28 MK 4 Banshee BS5839 LowFrequency ATEX CertifiedIntrinsically Safe - Grey Sounder
CP840EX Break Glass Callpoint
The CP840Ex Intrinsically SafeWeatherproof Break Glass Callpointis designed to monitor and signalthe condition of the switch contactassociated with the break glass.
The callpoint is designed to complywith EN 50 014 and EN 50 020 forintrinsically safe apparatus. It iscertified:
• ATEX Code: Ex II1G• Cenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5
Product Code514.800.513CP840Ex MX Digital AddressBreakglass Callpoint
IF800Ex Interface Module
The Intrinsically Safe IF800EXInterface Module is designed tomonitor fire contacts such assprinkler flow switches. The IF800Exis contained within a greycompression moulded glass filledpolyester box with 2 x 20mm cablegland holes.
The electronic components aremounted on a double sided printedcircuit board built into a pottedmodule formed from a plasticmoulding. Connectivity is via twoterminal blocks fitted to the PCB.
• ATEX Code: Ex II1G• Cenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5
Product Code514.001.062IF800Ex MX Digital AddressableInterface Module Assembly:
EXI800 Interface Module & Galvanic Isolators
The EXI800 Interface Module, usedwith a galvanic isolator, provides apath for an MX panel to transparentlycommunicate to slave devices(800Ex Detectors, IF800Ex, InterfaceModule or CP840Ex AddressableBreak Glass Callpoint) connected tothe Intrinsically Safe loop. Theinterface reduces the standard MXloop supply voltage and signallingcurrents to levels that areacceptable for hazardous areas.The EXI800 can detect a shortcircuit of the left-loop, the right-loop,or the IS spur and will isolate theoffending circuit from the other loop
connections. The IS loop output ofthe EXI800 interfaces with thePepper+Fuchs KFDO-CS-Ex1.54Galvanic Isolator supplying loopvoltage and signalling currents to theIntrinsically safe Loop. The EXI800is supplied complete with oneservice tool EX dongle that isrequired to activate addressprogramming using the standard MXservice tool. The MTL 5021 Isolatingsounder driver enables anintrinsically safe sounder devicelocated in the hazardous area, to becontrolled from the safe area. TheMTL 5021 has one channel and is
suitable for connecting suitablecertified loads in Zone 0,IIC, T4-6hazardous areas.
Product Codes514.001.063EXI800 Interface Module 517.001.259Pepper+Fuchs KFD0-CS-EX1.54Galvanic Isolator557.203.008Spare Service Tool Ex Dongle: 517.001.245MTL 5021 I. S. Sounder driver
IS Barrier
The MTL’DX’ Series enclosureequipment will house the EXI80020mm pitch), Pepper+Fuchs KFDO-CS-Ex1.54 Galvanic Isolator (20mmpitch) and MTL 5021 I.S. Sounderdriver 16-2 m pitch). The units areDIN Rain mounted with 70mm of railsupplied in the with the DX070 and170mm of rail in the DX170.
Enclosures are usually selected onthe number of units they willaccommodate. The following tableshows the capacity of each of theenclosure types.
Product Codes517.001.248DX070 Enclosure 517.001.247DX170 Enclosure
Enclosure MTL5000 isolators 16mm Pitch MTL7000 barriers 7.5mm Pitch
DX070 4(2*) 9(5*)
DX170 10 (8*) 22(18*)
* Use these figures when two IMB57 mounting brackets for tagging/earth rail accessories are included.
Chapter 9 - Special Hazards
Intr
insic
all
y S
afe
Con
ven
tion
al
De
tecti
on
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 104
System 620 Fire Detection for Hazardous AreasComplete range of ATEX certificated detectors suitable for use in Zones 0,1 and 2 Areas for use on conventionalpanels.
System 620 Fire DetectionThere is a risk of fire or explosion in all areas containingflammable substances in the form of liquids, gasses, dustor materials. Where these combustible materials are mixedwith air in sufficient concentration they form a flammableatmosphere and the areas containing them are designatedHazardous Areas. When a source of ignition, such as aspark, is applied in a hazardous area, an explosion couldtake place. Electrical equipment supplied for use inHazardous Areas must comply with requirements to ensurethat its introduction into the area does not increase theexisting risk. System 620 is an Intrinsically Safe (I.S.)system for use in Hazardous Areas which can beconnected to a conventional fire Alarm Controller installedin the Safe Areas..
The System Designer must be familiar with BS EN 60079-14 , EN50 and ATEX certification and havesuccessfully completed an appropriate recognised coursein Intrinsic Safety. Design of the system requires that thedesigner has all the information concerning the installationcorrectly documented. The nature of the hazard must bedefined by the customer and a survey carried out todetermine the proximity of the safe area to establish cableruns.
The probability of a flammable mixture being present isdefined by a Zone Number. Flammable gases are classifiedin Groups and their minimum spontaneous ignitiontemperature is categorised by Class. Tyco Safety Productssupplied equipment marked EEx ia IIc T5 would be suitablefor use in worst case conditions. Eg. Zone 0 (ia), Hydrogen(IIc), T5 (100 deg C). The Fire Alarm Equipment and Safety
Barriers should be placed as near as possible to thecontainment wall of the Hazardous Area. This minimisesthe cable lengths between the barrier and the HazardousArea and thus the capacity to store energy.
In order that an Installation will comply with the ATEXcertification designated for each system it is essential thatthe certified devices are connected with cables of thespecified limits. These limits have been certified for specificclassifications of hazard in order that energy storage islimited.The number of devices connected to the barrier andlocated in the Hazardous Area must always be limited tonot more than the listed maximum. When a mixture of devices is connected to any one zonethe numbers must be reduced in proportion to the ratio ofthe load presented to the barrier. When a System includesthe use of an S231i+, it must be remembered that theload it presents to the circuit is twice that of a detector. Amixture of large and small load devices connected to azone will require a calculation for the number of alloweddetectors.
System 620 System 620 is for use in conventional fire detection circuits.Two Sounder Systems, (one earthed and one isolated), areavailable and either can be used with System 620.
Manual - Vol01B* “Detectors Fire Manual” * Section is indicated next to the product code.
Features• Conventional I.S. system• Suitable for worst case (EEx ia IIC T5)• Tyco High Performance Optical (HPO) smoke detector• Compatible with S231i+ flame detector• Compatible I.S. callpoint
Chapter 9 - Special Hazards
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 105
Intrin
sic
ally S
afe
Con
ven
tion
al D
ete
ctio
n
High Performance Optical Smoke
The MR601TEX has been developedto overcome the slower response ofthe optical detectors to hot burningfires, by increasing the sensitivity ofthe optical detector when it isassociated with a rapid change intemperature. In this way it is intendedto become a detector which cancover some of the risks currentlycovered by ion chamber detectors.Smoke detectors will not detect
burning alcohol or other cleanburning liquids which do notgenerate smoke particles.
ATEX Code: Ex II 1GCenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5Operating Temp Range:
-10°C to +55°CStorage Temp: -20°C to +55°CRelative Humidity: 90% non-
condensing
Product Code516.054.011.Y (Vol 01B-04-D12)MR601TEX Conventional HighPerformance Optical Smoke Detector
If environmental conditions rule outthe use of smoke detectors, then aheat detector of the typeMD601Ex/MD611Ex may provide anacceptable, though less sensitive,alternative. For general use, andparticularly where the ambienttemperature may be low, a 'Rate-of-Rise' heat sensor is to be preferred.This type of sensor reacts toabnormally high rates of change oftemperature and provides the fastestresponse over a wide range of
ambient temperatures. A fixedtemperature limit is also incorporatedin these detectors. In many environments, e.g. kitchensand boiler rooms, sudden, largechanges in temperature areconsidered 'normal'. Rate-of-risedetectors are generally not suitable inthese cases and fixed temperature[static] types should be used.
ATEX Code : Ex II 1GCenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5
Operating Temp Range -10°C to +55°C
Storage Temp. -20°C to +55°CRelative Humidity 90% non-
condensingProduct Codes516.052.051.Y (Vol 01B-04-D11)MD601EX Conventional Rate of RiseHeat Detector 516.052.041.Y (Vol 01B-04-D11)MD611EX Conventional FixedTemperature Heat Detector
Flame detectors, unlike smoke andheat detectors, do not rely onconvection to transport the fireproducts to the detector nor do theyrely on a ceiling to trap the products.They can therefore be used toprotect large open areas withoutsacrificing speed of response toflaming fires. In order to ensure fullcoverage however, flame detectorsdo require direct line of sight to allparts of the protected area.Infra-red flame detectors such as the601FEx are designed to respondrapidly to fires which involve clean-
burning fuels such as alcohol ormethane, i.e. fires which would notbe detected by smoke detectors. The601FEx Flame Sensor, by virtue of itsoperating wavelength and flickerdiscrimination is insensitive to normalenvironmental influences. Foroutdoor use a solar-blind detector[e.g. the S200 Plus] should be used.The 601FEx Flame detector should,normally, only be used insidebuildings to supplement heat andsmoke detectors.
ATEX Code: Ex II 1G D Cenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5Operating Temp Range:
-10°C to +55°CStorage Temp: -20°C to +55°CRelative Humidity: 90% non-
condensing
Product Codes516.600.066 (Vol 01C-02-D8)601FEx Infra-Red Flame Detector516.600.067 (Vol 01C-02-D8)601FEx-M Infra-Red Flame Detector(Marine)
The CO Fire detector is a uniquegeneral purpose fire detector whichprovides very early warning of slowsmouldering fires. Ideal for sleepingrisks, the CO fire detector is also wellsuited to many applications whereheat detection is insufficient butsmoke detection causes false alarms.As CO travels more freely thansmoke, the positioning of CO firedetectors is more flexible. Thisfeature is particularly useful in large
complex structures such as atriaand warehouses, where positioningof smoke detectors is difficult. ATEX Code : Ex II 1GCenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5Operating Temp Range:
-10°C to +55°CStorage Temp: -20°C to +55°CRelative Humidity: 90% non-
condensing
Heat Detectors
Flame Detectors
Carbon Monoxide Detector
Chapter 9 - Special Hazards
Product Code516.058.002.Y (Vol 01B-04-D13)MU601EX Conventional CarbonMonoxide Detector
Intr
insic
all
y S
afe
Con
ven
tion
al
De
tecti
on
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 106
Enhanced Carbon Monoxide Fire & Heat Detector
The MDU601EX detector combinesthe features of both the MU601EXdetector and the MD601EX detectorto provide a combined CO and Rateof Rise Heat Detector where thesensitivity of the CO detector isenhanced in response to a fast rateof change of temperature.
ATEX Code: Ex II 1GCenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5Operating Temp Range:
-10°C to +55°CStorage Temp: -20°C to
+55°CRelative Humidity: 90% non-
condensing
Product Code516.061.001.Y (Vol 01B-04-D14)MDU 601EX Enhanced CarbonMonoxide Fire& Heat Detector
MUBEX Detector Base and Ancillaries
Product Code517.050.610MUBEX Mounting Base
ATEX Code: Ex II 1GCenelec Code: EEx ia IIC T5Operating Temp Range:
-10°C to +55°CStorage Temp: -20°C to +55°CRelative Humidity: 90% non-
condensing
Product Codes517.001.120System 601 EOL Unit (Pk 10)517.001.231DHM69 Deckhead mounting kit. Thisdeckhead mounting is also suitablefor 300/500 series detectors.
Chapter 9 - Special Hazards
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 107
T54B
He
at D
ete
cto
rs
T54B - Point Type Heat DetectorConstructed from stainless steel, the T54B is an extremelyrugged heat detector that can be used to detect fires in theharshest of environments. The T54B can be used inenvironments with ambient temperatures up to 200°C and,being hermetically sealed is impervious to mostcontaminants.
Classified as a simple device, the T54B can be used inZone 0 areas when connected to a suitable intrinsicallysafe barrier.
For reliable operation, it is recommended that T54Bdetectors have set points 20°C or 20% (whichever ishigher) above the maximum temperature they will beexposed to in normal operation.
Preferred factory preset temperatures are:60, 90, 100, 145°C; normally with open contacts.
Technical SpecificationOperating voltage @ 0.5A: 240Va.c. to 24VdcSwitching Current: 5 to 500mAContact Resistance: <1 ohmActuating Temp:(factory set) 60 to 240°CFixed Temp. only: *Type EAccuracy: + or - 5%Ambient Temp.: -40 to +270°CRelative Humidity: 100% RHProtection Category: IP67Thread Size: M20 x 1.5mm
Features• Sealed Stainless Steel Construction• Suitable for use in hazardous areas
Product Codes516.033.011 T4E60X T54B Point Type heat
detector - 60°C516.033.012 T4E90X T54B Point Type heat
detector - 90°C516.033.013 T4E100X T54B Point Type heat
detector - 100°C516.033.014 T4E145X T54B Point Type heat
detector - 145°C
Other temperatures and normally closed contacts areavailable by request.
Chapter 9 - Special Hazards
IS C
all
poin
t C
P220E
X
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 108
Features• Intrinsically Safe• Weatherproof to IP67• Compatible with System 620
Intrinsically Safe Callpoints - ATEX ApprovedThe CP220Ex is a conventional callpoint for use on theATEX Certified System. System 620 is compatible withSystem 1700, NT & MX Addressable DIM 800 modules.
Technical Specification Product Codes514.001.009 CP220Ex Red Callpoint intrinsically safe
for use with ATEX certified conventionalsystem 620.
Dimensions: 87H x 87W x 51.5DmmWeight: 200gMaterial: PolycarbonateConventional: YesAddressable: NoColour: RedATEX Code: Ex II 1GCENELEC EEX ia IIC T4BASEEFA Cert: BAS00ATEX1245XIP Rating: IP67
Chapter 9 - Special Hazards
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 109
IS C
allp
oin
t BG
3
BG3 Weatherproof and Intrinsically Safe Conventional Callpoint -Atex ApprovedThis manual fire alarm call point is designed inaccordance with the latest draft European Call PointStandard (EN54-11).Weatherproof to IP66 and available certified intrinsicallysafe, simple apparatus or uncertified, the units aremanufactured from glass reinforced polyester (GRP)which provides a robust, corrosion free construction andensures effective and reliable operation in harsh industrialand offshore environments.
Units are supplied in self coloured GRP with a ‘BurningHouse’ duty label as standard.
Features• Available as intrinsically safe• Weatherproof to IP66• Robust GRP Housing
Product Codes514.001.059 Intrinsically Safe Callpoint (BG3I4NBN)514.001.058 Weatherproof Callpoint (BG3W4LBN)
MODEL BG3I BG3W
PROTECTION Explosion Protected EExia Dust-tight & Weatherproof(Intrinsically Safe)
CENELEC EN50014, 020BASEEFA EExia IIC T4
CERTIFICATION Cert No. BAS00ATEX1067X Not ApplicableSuitable for use in Zones 0,1, & 2
VOLTAGE Up to 28V (IS) Up to 250 V a.c.
CERTIFIED TEMPERATURE -55°C TO +55°C Not Applicable
INGRESS PROTECTION IP66 IP66
EUROPEAN STANDARD FOR CALLPOINTS EN54-11 EN54-11
TERMINALS 6 X 4.0mm2 6 X 4.0mm2
SWITCH RATINGS Not Applicable DC: 0 - 30V 3A resistive or inductive30V - 50V 1A resistive or inductive
AC: 0 - 250V 3A resistive or inductive
CABLE ENTRIES 2 X M20 Top or Bottom 2 X M20 Top or Bottom
WEIGHT 0.5Kg 0.5Kg
MATERIAL UV resistant glass reinforced polyester UV resistant glass reinforced polyester
FINISH Natural Red GRP Natural Red GRP
Chapter 9 - Special Hazards
Intr
insic
all
y S
afe
Ba
rrie
rs
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 110
Intrinsically Safe Barriers - Atex Approved The following section relates to a range of intrinsically safe barrier and isolator equipment for use with Tyco SafetyProducts manufactured fire detection systems. It essentially encompasses the relevant MTL 5000 and MTL 7000series barriers plus the associated housing options as an alternative to existing MTL 700 series equipment.
On all issues of intrinsically safe systems design, please refer to Manual 26A for guidance.
Galvanic Isolators - MTL 5000
The MTL 5061 is a two channelinterface for use with conventionalfire and smoke detectors located inhazardous areas. This galvanicisolator is CE marked, and replacesthe MTL 3043 barrier option. It issuitable for connecting loads in Zone0, IIC, T4-6 hazardous areas ifsuitably certified.The MTL 5021 Isolating sounderdriver enables an intrinsically safesounder device located in the
hazardous area, to be controlledfrom the safe area. The MTL 5021barrier is designed as a CE markedreplacement for the existing MTL3021 barrier. It has one channel andis suitable for connecting loads inZone 0, IIC, T4-6 hazardous area ifsuitably certified.When designing new systems orupgrading existing MTL 3000 seriessystems to MTL 5000 series, pleaseuse the appropriate MTL “DX” series
enclosure equipment (16.2mmpitch).Product Codes517.001.244MTL 5061 2 channel galvanicisolator for conventional detectorzone - used on BASEEFA ApprovedSystem 601517.001.245MTL 5021 I.S. Sounder driver
Xener Barriers - MTL 7100
The MTL 7100 Series intrinsicallysafe shunt-diode safety barriers areinnovative devices designed toprovide exceptionally high packingdensities, straightforward installationand simplified connection,commissioning and maintenancefacilities. The MTL 7100 Seriesinclude secondary replaceablefuses. These are useful where thereis the possibility of faults occurringduring commissioning, which wouldotherwise blow the barriers’ internalsafety fuses.
One secondary replaceable fuse foreach barrier channel is provided andis lower in value than the safetyrelated fuse. Fuses are packaged insmall mouldings which can belatched in a disconnect position tobreak the safe and hazardous areasduring commissioning, maintenanceand fault finding, thus avoiding theneed for additional disconnectterminals.
Please note that this barrier is adirect alternative for the MTL 728+
barrier. Currently, there is no directalternative for the MTL 788+ barrierused with the MINERVA addressablesystem. So addressable MINERVAsystems must use the existing MTL788+ barrier and associatedhousing option (7mm pitch).
Product Code517.001.246MTL 7128+ Zener Safety Barrier forconventional detection circuitsdesigned in accordance with System601
MTL 700
The MTL700 series are 1 or 2channel devices which pass theelectrical signal from fire detectors tothe control panel or from the controlpanel to the output device. Thebarriers limit the amount of energyto a level that cannot ignite explosiveatmospheres. The over-voltageprotection provided by a Shunt-Diode Safety Barrier is withreference to the safety barrier earthconnection. It is therefore imperativethat a HIGH INTEGRITY EARTH isused for this type of barrier(14.2mm pitch).
Product Codes517.001.201MTL728 Single Channel ZenerSafety Barrier517.001.202MTL788 Dual Channel Zener SafetyBarrier546.004.005Intrinsically safe sounder circuitinterface module
Chapter 9 - Special Hazards
Intrin
sic
ally S
afe
Ba
rrier H
ou
sin
gs
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 111
Enclosure MTL5000 Isolators 16mm Pitch MTL7000 Barriers 7.5mm PitchDX070 4 (2*) 9 (5*)DX170 10 (8*) 22 (18*)
* Use these figures when two IMB7 mounting brackets for tagging/earth rail accessories are included
DX Series Enclosures
The MTL ‘DX’ Series enclosureequipment is designed to house MTL5000 isolating interfaces and MTL7000 series shunt diode safetybarriers. Enclosures are usuallyselected on the number of units theywill accommodate. The followingtable shows the capacity of each ofthe enclosure types.
Product Codes517.001.248DX070 Enclosure MTL 5000/7000series barriers517.001.247DX170 Enclosure for MTL5000/7000series barriers
UC Series Enclosures
The UC series of enclosuresprovides a simple but effectivemeans of mounting and protectingthe MTL3000 series units, in safeareas. A standard lightweightenclosure with transparent lid, whichcan accommodate 4 units. Thepolycarbonate enclosures are impactresistant, flame retardant anddustproof to IP65.
Product Codes517.001.196UC2 4 Way Barrier Housing517.001.197UC4 8 Way Barrier Housing
MT Series Enclosures
The MT series of enclosuresprovides a simple, effective means of mounting and protecting MTL700Series barriers in safe areas or low-risk hazardous areas. Threelightweight polycarbonate enclosureswith see through lids accommodateup to 2, 5 and 12 barriers in the safearea. All the enclosures are suppliedready fitted with a nickel plated brassbusbar mount, so barriers can beinstalled and wired up immediatelywithout special tools.
Product Codes517.001.198MT2 2,Way Zener Barrier Housing.517.001.199MT5 5,Way Zener Barrier Housing.517.001.200MT12 12,Way Zener Barrier Housing
Ancillaries
The ERL7 earth rail is a nickel plated3 x 10mm rail (1 metre long),suitable for a do-it-your selfmounting arrangement. It willaccommodate up to 2.5 ETM7 earthterminals per barrier location forterminating earth returns and cablescreens from the hazardous area.
The IMB7 mounts on a flat surfaceor top hat rail (35mm) or G-profilerail and acts as a convenient methodfor mounting the earth busbar.
Product Codes517.001.205ERL7 Earth rail I.S. systems517.001.206ETM7 Earth termination connectionsystem517.001.207IMB7 Insulating mounting block517.001.120System 601 EOL Unit (PK10)
Chapter 9 - Special Hazards
Safety Enclosures
Be
am
De
tecto
rs
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 112
Beam and Linear Heat DetectorsBeam type smoke detection is ideal for large open span buildings where point type detection is unsuitable i.e.warehousing & sports halls. The range of Linear Heat Detection is of particular use in tunnels and cable ducts andother similar areas.
Optical Beam Smoke DetectorsThe FIRE-RAY 2000 is an active infra-red smoke detector.The system comprises of three base elements i.e. atransmitter, receiver and Control Unit.
Analysis of the modulated infra-red beam by the ControlUnit determines whether smoke is present, and if sogenerates an alarm signal.
Technical Specification
Features• Range 5 metres up to 100 metres• Area coverage up to 1400m2
• Selectable sensitivity• Self-check and automatic compensation• Manual or automatic reset• Optional Mx Technology loop powered interface module
(BDM800) • Suitable for both conventional and addressable fire
systems• Fire/fault interface to MX controller• Low current consumption• Flexible system design options• Robust metal construction• Designed to conform to BS5839 Part 5
Product Codes516.015.006.A FireRay2000 optical beam smoke
detector VdS approved, ADT Branded516.015.006.T FireRay2000 optical beam smoke
detector VdS approved, Thorn Branded920450 FireRay2000 -UL Optical beam smoke
detector - UL approved516.015.007 FireRay2000 Retro-Reflector 100 x100mm516.015.008 FireRay2000 Alignment tool
Spares515484 FireRay2000 Spare Transmitter515485 FireRay2000 Spare Receiver515487 FireRay2000 Spare Main PCB
Technical SpecificationDimensions(mm) Weight
Height Width Depth (Kg)Transmitter/Receiver 95 75 115 0.4Control Unit 260 210 80 2.25BDM800 (with M520 encl.) 87 148 14 0.1
Voltage Range- Fireray 2000 +11.5 to +28VdcBDM800 40V Loop Power
Fireray 2000 Quiescent Current <13mAFireray 2000 Alarm Current <20mA
Operating Temp. Range - Fireray -10oC to +55oCBDM800 -10oC to +55oC
Humidity up to 95% RH(Fireray 2000 & LPBD521)
(Non-condensing)Fireray 2000 Enclosure IP54
Chapter 10 - Beam and Linear Heat Detection
Be
am
De
tecto
rs
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 113
Fire-Ray 50/100RThe FIRE-RAY 50/100R is a reflective infra-red beam smokedetector. The system comprises of two base elements i.e. acombined infra-red transmitter and receiver in a commonhousing and a reflective prism.
The electronics of the combined transmitter and receiverunit analyse the reflected beam from the prism for smokeand generates an alarm condition if a pre-determined levelis reached.
Technical Specification
Features• Range 5 to 50 metres (50R)• Range 50 to 100 metres (100R)• Area of coverage up to 750m2 (50R), 1500m2 (100R)• Selectable sensitivity• Self-check and automatic compensation• Manual or Automatic Reset• Optional MX Technology loop powered interface module
(BDM800)• Suitable for both Conventional and Addressable Systems• Fire/Fault Interface to the MX Controller• Low current consumption• Flexible System Design Options• Robust ABS Construction• Designed to Conform to BS5839 Part 5, EN54 Part 12, UL
and VdS
Product Codes516.015.011 Fire Ray 50R 5 to 50 Metre Reflective
Beam Detector516.015.012 Fire Ray 100R 50 to 100 Metre Reflective
Beam Detector
Technical SpecificationDimensions(mm) Weight
Height Width Depth (Kg)Transmitter/Receiver 210 130 120 0.7BDM800 (with M520 encl.) 87 148 14 0.1
Voltage Range - Fire Ray 50/100R +10.2 to +30VdcBDM800 40V Loop Power
Fire Ray 50/100R Quiescent Current <4mA @ 24VdcFire Ray 50/100R Alarm Current 15mA
Operating Temp Range - Fire Ray 50/100R -30°C to + 55°CBDM800 -10°C to + 55°C
Ingress Protection IP50(Fire Ray 50/100R)
Chapter 10 - Beam and Linear Heat Detection
Lin
ea
r H
ea
t D
ete
cti
on
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 114
MXF100This new technology uses a laser light source to launchlight signals into an optical fibre. As pulses travel downthe fibre, energy is lost through scattering. A fraction ofthe scattered signal is retained within the fibre. A portionof this is directed back along the fibre towards the lasersource - this signal is called backscatter. Part of the backscatter signal (Raman Scattering) is used to provideaccurate remote temperature measurements at hundredsof points along the fibre.The MXF100 uses standard communications grade opticalfibre of the 62.5/125 graded index multimode type. Thetemperature range is predominantly a function of thecoating used to protect the optical fibre as the fibre itselfis well behaved over a wide temperature range. Optical fibre itself offers several advantages as a sensingmedium. The signals are immune to electromagneticinterference thereby ensuring integrity of readings fromelectrically noisy areas. As no electrical current is used inthe sensing fibre and the fibre is a relatively inert anddielectric (non-conducting) medium, it is a safetechnology to use in hazardous environments.The MXF100 provides several output options, whichoperate concurrently to give system design flexibility. 30programmable relays can be used to map out alarmzones and signal into a Fire Panel either directly or via anaddressable interface module such as the MX CIM800.Protocol definition data is provided to enable the MXF100to be connected via a PLC to a centralised control and
monitoring information centre e.g. SCADA. The definitionfor the bespoke MXF Protocol is also available to enablethe development of alternative graphic display interfaces.The full 200 zone capability of the system can beexploited using either the Modbus or MX Protocols.
The MXF100 Control Unit is supplied in a wall mountedcabinet whose style and livery match that of the latestrange of Minerva MX control panels. It is designed toreceive the MXF100 optics unit and provides local alarmand fault indications, a PSM800 Power Supply Module,field terminals for connection to signalling relays and atermination box for the fibre optic splice joints to thesensing cable.
Standards The MXF100 System complies with:• EMC Directive 89/336 EEC• Low Voltage Directive 72/2/EEC
Technical SpecificationDimensions (mm): 559W x 588H x 120DSupply Voltage: 230Volt 60Hz/18-32Vdc
(from Analyser)Power Consumption (Analyser): 25W MaxSupply Current (Analyser): <1A@24VdcFuse rating: <2A (Anti Surge)Interface Options:2 X RS232 Ports - PC & Modbus connection30 X Programmable Relay Outputs - SPDT 1A @ 24 VdcOperating Temperature: 0°C to + 40°CStorage Temperature: -40°C to + 65°CHumidity: 0 to 95% RH (non condensing)Electro Magnetic Compatibility (EMC):Assessed for Immunity to BS EN 50082-2 and BS EN
50130-4Assessed for Emmisions to EN61000-6-3
Features• Fibre optic sensor loop up to 2km• Continuous temperature profiles of temperature on a PC• Programmable functions• Up to 200 Programmable fire detection zones• Multiple and programmable Alarm levels per fire
detection zone• Variable rate of rise function• Unrivalled response times• Optional outputs• Modbus Serial Data
Product Codes516.016.111 MXF100 Fibre Optic Linear Heat
Detection control unit c/w wall mountedcabinet and PSU.
516.016.112 MXF-SL Sensor Line Thermoplasticsensor cable (1km reel)
516.016.113 MXF-SS Sensor Tube Stainless SteelSensor Cable (1km reel)
516.016.115 MXF100 Assembly for fitting into acustom housing
Additional Features
• Direct to PC• Volt free contacts
• Insensitive to EMI
• Intrinsically safe sensor
• Uses standard communicationsgrade optical fibre
• Choice of cable construction
• Cable construction for extremeenvironments
• High System Integrity
• Automatic failure modeanalysis
• Loop break recovery operation
• Diagnostic capability
• Fire progression monitoring
• No cable maintenance
• Modem for remotecommunication
Chapter 10 - Beam and Linear Heat Detection
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 115
Lin
ea
r He
at D
ete
ctio
n
MXF Optical Fibre Temperature Sensing
Linear Heat DetectionThe LD40 linear heat detection system is used to monitorfire (or overheat) conditions in confined or polluted areasor where there are adverse or unusually variableenvironmental conditions.
The sensor cable is unaffected by dust, moisture orvibration and requires little maintenance.
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 170H x 105W x 111D mmWeight: 0.55KgOperating Temp: -25°C to +70°CRelative humidity: Up to 98% RH non-condensingRating: IP55Operating Voltage: +8 to +30VdcQuiescent Current: 60-80µA
Features• Easy and cost effective installation• Good sensitivity with adjustable alarm threshold• Open and short circuit monitoring• Suited for outdoor and indoor applications• Can be used in hazardous areas• Mechanical protection is provided for cables in areas
where damage may occur• Chemical resistance sheathing is available for areas
where petro-chemical corrosion may occur.
Product Codes516.016.005 LD40 High resistance sensor cable blue -
200M reel516.016.006 LD40 High resistance sensor cable black
- 200M reel (Nylon sheath suitable forpetrochemical exposure)
516.016.010 LD40 EOL Termination kit (PK10)516.016.011 LD40 In-line Jointing kit516.016.012 LD40 Analyser module with conventional
detection zone interface. Requires aDIM800 or similar zone module interfaceto MX Technology addressable loops
Minerva Fireline MXF100 Typical System Layout
ADDRESSABLE RELAY INTERFACE
Sensor Cable
MXF100
Modbus
FIRE ALARMPANEL
Relays
SCADA
USER
PLC
Optional Remote PC
MXF Protocol
Chapter 10 - Beam and Linear Heat Detection
Solo
De
tecto
r T
est
Eq
uip
me
nt
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
Chapter 11 - Detector Test Equipment
Page 116
Detector Test Equipment Point Detector Testing/Commissioning EquipmentThe solo range of test equipment provides a range of easy to use products for commissioning and servicing alltypes of point detectors.
Telescope Poles
Product Codes517.001.230SOLO100 Telescopic pole 1.26M to4.5M long
517.001.226SOLO101 Extension tube 1.13Mlong for use with 517.001.230Telescopic extension pole
517.001.264SOLO 610 Protective Carry/StorageBag for Solo Detector Test Kit
SOLO330 Test Gas Dispenser
Product Code517.001.255SOLO330 Aerosol dispenser for usewith all detector ranges. Connectsdirectly to SOLO100/101 poles
SOLO461 Heat Detector Tester
Product Codes517.001.254SOLO461 Cordless heat detectortester kit including SOLO460 tester,SOLO720 battery batons and
SOLO724 charger. (Connectsdirectly to SOLO100/101 poles).517.001.242SOLO720 Spare battery baton foruse with SOLO 450/460 tester
517.001.243SOLO725 Spare mains/car batterycharger for SOLO720 battery baton
Smoke Detector Test Gas
Product Code517.001.256Suretest Solo aerosol tester can. Foruse with SOLO 330 dispenser. Non-flammable, ozone and environmentfriendly. Approx 200 tests per can
800RT Detector Removal Tool
SOLO704
Product Code517.001.224SOLO704 Adaptor tube B - AdaptsSOLO100/101 pole sets for TYCOdetector changers and testers
SOLO200
Product Code517.001.240SOLO200 Universal detectorchanger for use with various
manufacturers detectors - notsuitable for 600/800/900 series lowprofile. Connects directly toSOLO100/101 poles.
CO Detector Tester
Product Code517.001.262CO Detector Tester Solo C3-006 foruse with Solo 330 dispenser
The 800RT detector removal tool fitsthe SOLO range of telescopic polesand allows the 800 Series detectorsto be remotely fitted, removed andturned to the “park” position.
The tool also enables detector dustcovers to be easily removed.The 800RT is also compatible foruse with M600 and M900 Series LowProfile detectors.
Product Codes516.800.917800RT removal tool572.005800RT removal tool
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
Chapter 11- Detector Test Equipment
Page 117
Solo
De
tecto
r Test E
qu
ipm
en
t
SOLO TEST EQUIPMENT FOR POINT & FLAME DETECTORS
517.001.256517.001.262
517.800.917
800 RT
DETECTOR CHANGER
Ca
llp
oin
ts
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 118
CallpointsA comprehensive range of both conventional and addressable callpoints. The range includes weatherproof modelsfor external mounting.
MCP and CP Series Callpoints
Technical Specification(Indoor & Outdoor)Housing: Modified Polyphenylene
Oxide[Noryl SE100]Operating Temp.: -20°C to +70°CRelative Humidity: up to 95% RH (non-condensing)
Datasheet - Product Code PSF36 “CP200 Series Break GlassDetectors” Manual - Vol08A-02-D9/D10/D27 “Ancillaries Manual”
Features• Integral LED indicator for easy identification of operation• Surface or flush mounting• Extensive range of conventional and analogue
addressable callpoints• Test key facility, speeds maintenance visits• Optional transparent hinged cover• Hazardous areas models available (See Special Hazards
Section)• IP67 Waterproof models for external applications
Model Colour Type IP Rating R1/R2 OhmsMCP200 Red Conventional Alert 24D 120/470MCP210 Red Conventional Evacuate 24D 49/39CP230 Red Conventional Alert 67 120/470MCP270 Yellow Conventional Evacuate 24D 47/39Keyswitch White Conventional 24D Not ApplicableCP820 Red MX Addressable 24D Not ApplicableCP830 Red MX Addressable 67 Not Applicable
Commonly Used Callpoints
A comprehensive range of callpoints for use with bothconventional and addressable systems. All the callpointsare designed to enable an alarm signal to be given bybreaking a glass element.
This operates a switch and is indicated by an LEDindicator. If required, an optional transparent hinged covermay be installed to guard against accidental operation.
Chapter 12 - Callpoints
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 119
MX
Ad
dre
ssa
ble
Ca
llpoin
ts
Typically the conventional callpoint devices drawno current in the ‘off’ state, but when activated,will present an alarm load to the fire detectioncontrol panel. The alarm load is defined by theinternal resistance arrangement for the device.
R2 R1 R2 R1
OUT
Typical Conventional Wiring
87mm
Red
51.5mm87
mm
15mmAlthough the callpoint canbe fitted on a 16mm deepbox this leaves little roomfor the conductors: A25mm deep box isrecommended.
Note: Contacts rated at 32Vdc @ 100mA
Indoor Callpoint Weight: 200g
124mm
87mm
87m
m
124m
m
39mm
59mm
105mm
75m
m
Outdoor Callpoint (IP67) Weight: 400g
Callpoints & Pullstations - CP820 Indoor Callpoint
Conventional Callpoints
Callpoints & Pullstations - CP820 Indoor Callpoint
The CP820 is an indoor MXaddressable manual callpoint withprogrammable status LED. TheCP820 is designed for LPCBapprovals and the CP820M for Marineapprovals. The CP820 provides highspeed communication to the MXpanel of a manual fire alarm.
Technical SpecificationMeets BS5839 Pt.2 and pr EN54Pt:11 EMC/RFI: Equal orexceeds EN1 & EN50082-1Operating Temp.: -20°to +70°C
Relative Humidity: up to 95% RHnon-condensingDimensions: 87H x 87W x 51D
(19mm flush mount)
Weight: 200gQuiescent Current: 0.25mAAlarm Current: 2.5mAIdent. Value: 129
Product Codes514.800.503.TCP820 Indoor Callpoint (English – Thorn Branded)
514.800.503.ACP820 Indoor Callpoint (English –ADT Branded)514.800.503.YCP820 Indoor Callpoint (English–TYCO Branded)552.006CP820 Indoor Callpoint (International)514.800.511.TThorn KAC Indoor Callpoint (Dutch)552.004Zettler KAC indoor Callpoint (Dutch)514.800.505.TCP820M Marine Indoor Call Point(Thorn)
Callpoints & Pullstations - CP830 Outdoor Callpoint
The CP830 is an outdoor MXaddressable manual callpoint withprogrammable status LED. TheCP830 is designed for LPCBapprovals and the CP830M for Marineapprovals. The CP830 provides highspeed communication to the MXpanel of a manual fire alarm.
Technical SpecificationMeets BS5839 Pt.2 and pr EN54Pt:11 EMC/RFI: Equal orexceeds EN61000-6-3 & EN50082-1Operating Temp.: -20° to +70°CRelative Humidity: up to 95% RH
non-condensingDimensions: 135H x 135W x
30D mm Weight: 200gQuiescent Current: 0.25mAAlarm Current: 2.5mAIdent. Value: 130
Product Codes514.800.504.TCP830 Outdoor Callpoint (English – Thorn Branded)
514.800.504.ACP830 Outdoor Callpoint (English – ADT Branded)
514.800.504.YCP830 Outdoor Callpoint (English – TYCO Branded)
552.007CP830 Outdoor Callpoint(International)552.005Zettler KAC Outdoor Callpoint (Dutch)514.800.512.TThorn KAC Outdoor Callpoint (Dutch)514.800.506.TCP830M Marine Outdoor Callpoint(Thorn)
-
IN
Chapter 12- Callpoints
Con
ven
tion
al
Ca
llp
oin
ts
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 120
Conventional MCP200 Callpoint
The MCP200 is a red indoor callpointwith ‘alert’ resistors and LEDindicator. The MCP200 is LPCBapproved.
Product Codes514.001.142.AMCP200 without backbox-ADTbranded lid514.001.142.TMCP200 without backbox - ThornSecurity branded lid514.001.142.YMCP200 without backbox - Tycobranded lid
90-110Standard KAC KR-1 Flush Callpoint(No resistors fitted)70-133Standard KAC KR72-680 FlushCallpoint (680 Ohms resistance)
Conventional MCP210/MCP211 Callpoint
The MCP210 is a red indoor callpointwith LED indicator and evacuateresistors. The MCP210 is LPCBapproved and is supplied without abackbox.Product Codes514.001.143.AMCP210 ADT branded514.001.143.TMCP210 Thorn Security branded
514.001.143.YMCP210 Tyco branded
The MCP211 is a red indoor callpointwith evacuate resistors and LEDindicator. (For use with theMXC/MXCE Panels only).
514.001.160.YMCP211 Without backbox - TycoBranded Lid514.001.160.AMCP211 Without backbox - ADTBranded Lid514.001.160.TMCP211 Without backbox - ThornSecurity Branded Lid
Conventional CP230 Callpoint
The CP230 is an IP67 redweatherproof callpoint with LEDindicator and LPCB approved.
Product Codes514.001.010.ACP230 ADT branded514.001.010.TCP230 Thorn branded
514.001.010.YCP230 Tyco branded
Conventional MCP270 Callpoint
Product Code514.001.114MCP270 Yellow callpoint ‘Evacuate’complete with LED indicator andbackbox - LPCB approved
Other Conventional Callpoints & Keyswitches
Product Code514.002.002.AWhite keyswitch in callpoint housing.English ‘Bomb Alert’ marking withADT branded lid
Special Marine Callpoints
Product Codes514.001.012CP260M Marine callpoint completewith LED indicator - IP67
514.001.013CP250M Marine callpoint completewith LED indicator surface mount
Chapter 12 - Callpoints
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 121
Ca
llpoin
t An
cilla
ries &
Pu
llsta
tion
s
Callpoint Ancillaries
Product Codes90-107Red M141 spacer for red CP200/800KAC callpoints
515.001.128Callpoint hinged cover for use onMCP callpoints models (Colour -Clear)
515.001.026Black callpoint bezel for CP200/800models.
Ancillaries - Back Boxes
Product Codes515.001.021Standard Red surface mounting backbox for MCP & CP indoor callpoints
10-115SR2-T Optional Back Box (2terminals)
95-131SR3-T Optional Back Box (3terminals)
Unless stated the indoor callpoints are suppliedas flush mount units. The range is approved foruse with the standard backbox. However, SR2-Tand SR3-T backboxes are also available.
Pullstations & Ancillaries
The RMS series of manual pullstations are of high quality non-toxicdie-cast construction.Low profile and smooth edges offeran attractive yet functional design. Allcomponents are pre-painted or haveplated surfaces to inhibit corrosion.The RMS series of manualpullstations have a 10 amp snapaction switch. They can be used withor without a break glass rod forpositive indication that the unit hasbeen operated.
Hazardous LocationsThe RMS series of pull stations areconstructed of high strength metaldie cast alloy.The UL rating of Class I Group B(Hydrogen) C & D, Class II Groups E,F, G, Class III and outdoor rating oftype 4X, allows these stations to offerunmatched placement flexibility. Theterminal block connections, D.P.D.T
contacts @ 10 amps meet mostelectrical requirements.Having a ‘conventional’ pull stationdesign the RMS series stations offereasy identification.
Features• Die cast metal construction• Low profile functional design• Dual action option• Institutional (Key operated) option• Explosion proof option• Break glass option• Weatherproof option• Hex screw or key lock reset
options• UL Listed
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 118H x 83W x
37D mm(RMS-1T)
Weight: 560g (RMS-1T)Contact: Single pole,
single throw
(double pole, single throw optional)Contact Rating: 10 Amps @125/250Va.c.Wire AWG: 12 to 22 AWGWiring: Terminal blockconnections (6-32 w/sem plate)Switch: 10 Amp @120Va.c.Key Switch: (pre-signal) 0.5Amp 30Vdc
Product Code960673 RMS-1T Single action pull
station960687 Surface Mount Back Box
for use with RMS Pull Stations
960684 Spare glass rod for use with RMS pull stations
Chapter 12 - Callpoints
515.001.045Test keys for all MCP and CP style callpoints
Sp
are
Ca
llp
oin
t G
lasse
s
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 122
Callpoint Spare Glasses - Current
Callpoint Spare Glasses - Old
Product Codes515.001.010Walsall callpoint glasses (Pack of 10)for service spares. The Walsallcallpoint is an old square callpointwith round glass
515.001.009CP100A glass unscored (Pack 10)for service spares. The CP100A hasa large square glass to the edge ofthe callpoint. Used on the same AFAsystems as the ZF121.
515.001.003ZF121 Callpoint glass (Pack 10) forservice spares. The ZF121 is asquare metal fronted AFA MINERVAcallpoint typically used on Firefinder,System 1100, ZF/System 1200, CPand CT systems
Product Codes515.001.119EN54 Part 11 Spare Glass for MCPand CP series Callpoints (Pack of 5)
515.001.025CP200/500/900 Glasses, clear Englishtext on white background. No logo(Pack of 5).
515.001.127Deformable operating unit “glass”with English text for use in place ofglasses, for kitchens or other areaswhere glass is not acceptabl. ForMCP callpoints only.
515.001.024CP200/500/900 spare glasses, whiteArabic/English text with ThornSecurity logo on white background(Pack of 5)
515.001.014CP200/500/900 Spare glasses, whiteArabic text on clear background (Pack of 5)
515.001.023CP200/500/900 spare glasses forCP200N/CP500N, white dutch texton clear background (Pack of 5)
Chapter 12 - Callpoints
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 123
Ca
llpoin
t Sto
pp
ers
STOPPER
Features• Prevents accidental operation of callpoints• Strong polycarbonatte construction• Optional break seal kit
STOPPER STOPPER II With Sounder WeatherproofProduct Code Ref Flush Surface515.001.029 STI6530 �515.001.030 STI6531 �515.001.036 STI6535 � �515.001.034 STI1230 �515.001.035 STI3150 � �515.001.031 STI6532 � �515.001.032 STI6533 � �
STOPPER Dimensions
Flush Fit Surface Fit(+30mm)
Stopper STI6530 STI6531Stopper with Sounder STI6532 STI6533
STOPPER II Dimensions
Stopper II Surface Fit - STI1230
STOPPER STOPPER IIMax. Callpoint Size 100 x 100mm 160 x 160 mmMax. Callpoint Depth 57.5 120
(+30mm Surface)
The callpoint STOPPER provides protection from malicious oraccidental activation of manual callpoints. Available for flush orsurface mounted callpoints the ‘STOPPER’ is also available withoptional high pitch sounder which is activated when the lid is lifted.An optional ‘Break-Seal’ fitting kit allows ‘Break-Seals’ to be usedto provide extra protection.
WARNING:- Break seals only to be fitted by agreement withrelevant fire authorities.
The STOPPER is suitable for all callpoints up to 100mm square,including CP820, CP920, CP200 and other indoor KAC stylecallpoints.
Product Code515.001.033IPO36 Break Seal Kit (pack of 1)
MillimetresA 137B 140C 104D 45E 12.5F 12.5G 185H 12.5
Chapter 12- Callpoints
Ca
llp
oin
t S
top
pe
rs
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 124
STOPPER IISTOPPER II is constructed as the STOPPER from tough injectionmoulded polycarbonate. Physically larger than the STOPPER theSTOPPER II extends the number of products to which these toughmulti-purpose covers can protect.
It consists of a strong tamper-proof clear polycarbonate cover andframe that fits easily over such products as break glass callpoints. STOPPER II can also be fitted with an integral battery powered
sounder which activates if the cover is lifted.
The STOPPER II is suitable for callpoints up to 160mm square like theDIN820/830 and CP830.
Features• Strong polycarbonate construction• Will accommodate CP230 and CP830 callpoints• Tamper resistant
Product Codes515.001.034 STI1230 Surface Fit STOPPER II
Weather STOPPER & Weather STOPPER IIThe Weather STOPPER and Weather STOPPER II extends the life ofweather exposed devices, such as break glass callpoints, by offeringprotection against harsh conditions and environments. Experiencehas shown that this protective cover can extend the life of productsinstalled in saline atmospheres, such as oil rigs and ship decks.
While offering environmental protection the Weather STOPPER andWeather STOPPER II are constructed from tough durablepolycarbonate which will also guard against tampering, vandalism oraccidental operation of devices such as emergency switches.
Features• Strong polycarbonate construction• Provides environmental protection• Ideal for offshore environments
Product Codes515.001.036 STI6535 Surface fit Weather
STOPPER515.001.035 STI3150 Surface fit Weather
STOPPER II
Chapter 12 - Callpoints
Sto
pp
ers
an
d K
ey B
oxe
s
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 125
The Smoke Beam/CCTV Guard ismanufactured from tough coatedsteel rod and is designed to protectprojected beam detectors or CCTVcameras from vandalism oraccidental damage.
Suitable for use with System Sensor,Hochiki and Fireray 2000 detectors.
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 260H x 200W x
321D mm
Product Code516.015.009STI9625 Smoke beam/CCTV guard
Smoke Beam/CCTV Guard
Extinguisher STOPPER
Exit STOPPER
The Extinguisher STOPPER is a selfpowered electronic security devicewhich can be installed andprotecting fire extinguishers inminutes. The Extinguisher STOPPERis an effective way to stop vandalism,misuse or theft. This simple selfcontained device incorporates aunique and patented steel cableoperated switch mechanism, whichactivates a piercing alarm when the
extinguisher is removed from itsnormal position.One end of the operating cable iscrimped and secured around theneck of the extinguisher and insertedinto the alarm unit. If the operatingcable is detached from the unit a10dB sounder is activated.
Product Codes515.001.038STI6200 Extinguisher STOPPER515.001.039CO23 Spare key for extinguisherstopper
The Exit STOPPER is a completelyself contained and self poweredsecurity device to protect and deterthe unauthorised use of emergencyexit doors. It is a versatile, reliableand extremely easy to installelectronic door alarm. If the door isopened the Exit STOPPER activatesa 110dB electronic sounder.
A key operated over-ride facility isincorporated into the front of the unit,which will allow authorised use of theemergency door.
The Exit STOPPER is injectionmoulded in flame retardantpolycarbonate and can be easilyinstalled on wooden, glass or metaldoors. There are also options for
remote and double door installation.The unit comes complete with lowbattery warning, automatic resetfacility, a choice of steady pulsatingtones, a 9V long life alkaline batteryand installation pack.
Product Code515.001.037STI6400 Red Exit STOPPER
This tough polycarbonate breakglasskeybox is available to protectemergency keys.
Product Code515.001.043STI6720 Keybox with printed glass
Keybox
Chapter 12- Callpoints
Sou
nd
ers
&
Be
acon
s
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 126
MINERVA Range of SoundersA wide range of electronic sounders together with bells, sirens and voice sounders.
A range of sounders to meet a wide variety of alarm applications where loud, penetrating and distinctive warnings mustbe given to alert people of fire situations. In addition, multitone electronic sounders can give a variety of sounds tosignal other conditions e.g. “extinguishing gas release imminent”, etc.
Sounder Type Weight Enclosure Current Sound Frequency Output(Kg) to IP Consumption Output (Hz)
@24V d.c. db @ 1m
150mm 6” Solenoid Bell 1.3 IP20/44 50mA 91 Ringing A
150mm 6” Motorised Bell 0.41 IP22 11mA 95 Ringing A
200mm 8” Motorised Bell 0.64 IP22 17mA 97 Ringing A
FM Bedroom Sounder 0.19 IP44 7mA 90 800-950 AB
Squashni Sounder 0.18 IP43 20mA 85 800-970 ABCD
YODALARM YO3 0.24 IP54 35mA 97 800-1000 ABE
YODALARM YO5 0.55 IP54 20mA 91 800-1000 ABE
YODALARM YO8 2.42 IP54 330mA 112 800-1000 ABE
A - ContinuousB - Fast Sweep ie 9 times/secC - Slow Sweep ie 3 times/secD - Buzz ie 120 times/secE - Interrupted
Features• Wide range of both bells and electronic sounders• High sound output characteristics• Low current consumption• Clean lines, modern styling• Easy to install, low installation costs• Weatherproof units for outdoor use
• Distinct sounds are available• Motorised and Solenoid bells available• Wide range of voltages available
Datasheet - Product Code PSF11 “Audible Alarms”
Chapter 13 - Minerva Range of Sounders
Be
lls
Page 127
Features• Solenoid Operated• Designed for Long Life• Stove Enamelled Dome
Product Codes576.500.004.A 240V Red bell 6” 240Va.c. solenoid
operated. ‘Fire’ text with ADT branding576.500.004.T 240V Red bell 6” 240Va.c. solenoid
operated. ‘Fire’ text with Thorn branding576.500.009.A 24V Bell 6” 24V d.c. solenoid operated.
‘Fire’ text with ADT branding
576.500.009.T 24V Bell 6” 24V d.c. solenoidoperated.‘Fire’ text with Thorn branding
577.001.002 Weatherproof gasket box 6” for use withSolenoid operated bells
6” & 8” Motorised Bells
Features• CE marked• Low current 6” bell (ONLY 11MA)• Low cost • Extra high 95dBA/m• Slim profile (53mm)• Fully suppressed and polarised• Quick and easy to install• LPCB approved to EN54 Pt 3
Product Codes576.501.039.A MBF-6EV ADT Branded576.501.039.T MBF-6EV Thorn Branded576.501.040.A MBF-8EV ADT Branded576.501.044.A MBA-8EV ADT Branded576.501.044.T MBA-8EV Thorn Branded576.501.045 BBX4 (2) W/P Backbox for MBA-8 Bell
(Other branding available on request.)
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
Model MBF-6EV MBF-8EV MBA 8EVRated Voltage 24V d.c. 24V d.c. 24V d.c.Rated Current 11mA 17mA 18mASound output 90-95dBA 90-97dBA 91-97dBAOperating Temp -12 to +50°C -10 to +50°CColour RedWeight 410g 640g 1100g with back box
Bells
6” Red Solenoid Operated Friedland BellThe bells are the underdome type, with a high resonancepressed alloy-steel gong to ensure a loud clear-tone ring.
The operating mechanism is fully enclosed and the gong isred stove enamelled for long life. The bells are designedfor internal use, but gasket sealed conduit boxes can beprovided for external use.
Chapter 13 - Minerva Range of Sounders
Be
lls
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 128
CF Motorised BellsThe CF Motorised bells are low current, fully suppressedand polarised.
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 6 & 8” Diameter availableColour: Red (other colours available
to order)Output Voltage: 18-30VdcTypical Current: 22mA@24VdcTyp. Sound Output: 94dB(A)@1m
Features• Low Current Consumption• Supressed and Polarised• Sturdy Construction
Product Codes576.501.022.A 6" Bell 24Vdc motorised. 'Fire' text with
ADT Branding576.501.022.T 6" Bell 24Vdc motorised. 'Fire' text with
Thorn Branding576.501.023.A 8" Bell 24Vdc motorised. 'Fire' text with
ADT Branding576.501.023.T 8" Bell 24Vdc motorised. 'Fire' text with
Thorn Branding
Electronic Solenoid BellUnique patented alarm bell with miniature solenoid andintegrated electronic control. No backbox required forsurface wiring.
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 6” diameterOutput Voltage: 18-30VdcTypical Current: 24Vdc@30mATyp. Sound Output: 94dB (A)@1m
Features• Weatherproof Option• Flexible Mounting Option• Attractive Design
Product Codes20-100 6” 24Vdc Electronic bell, weatherproof - Wormald
branded - red20-101 6” 24Vdc Electronic bell - Wormald branded - red
Chapter 13 - Minerva Range of Sounders
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 129
UL B
ell
UL Approved BellA red underdome type bell for use where UL Approval is required.
Notification Appliances - Motor TypesThese alarm bells are ideal warning devices for schools,stores, public buildings and any other location with low tomoderate ambient noise levels. These alarm bells arecompletely enclosed in an aluminium die cast housing withred enamelled steel gongs. These alarm bells can bemounted in standard outlet boxes or 4” x 4” junction boxes.All are specifically designed for use with fire alarm systemsand are UL listed.
UL Spherical dB MeasurementSound level measurements are made in accordance withUL Test Standard 464. The audible device is wall mounted
in a reverberant room and sound power output is measuredat various points along a 10’ radium from the wall (i.e. thespherical dB measurement represents an average ofseveral readings taken along a 180 arc, 10 feet from thebell).
Indoor MeasurementSound level in the indoor installation may vary dependingupon room size and acoustical loading.
Technical Specification
Features• UL Approved• Red enamelled steel gong• Die Cast Housing
Product Codes508722 K-MP-6P 6” UL Bell 30mA 85dB
Technical SpecificationProduct Code Vibrating Type Rated Size (Inches) Rated Current Starting Voltage UL Spherical dB Indoor Measurement
Voltage Polarised Measurement508722 24Vdc 6 0.03A 12V 84 86-89
Chapter 13 - Minerva Range of Sounders
Ba
nsh
ee
Mu
lti-
ton
e S
ou
nd
er
EFire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 130
Banshee Multi-Tone SounderThe Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder replaces the wellestablished range of Banshee and Bedlam sounders. The new range provides a compact unit capable of 32tones and also incorporating a volume control.
The Banshee is easily installed and is fitted with robustloop through terminations. The design incorporates abayonet push and fit feature for easy installations.
Technical SpecificationLPC and Vds approved to EN54 pt 3Low Current consumption32Tones3 Volume settingsRated at IP66 or IP45Operating temperature: -40 °C to +70°COperating Voltage: 9 to 30 Vdc
Features• New Aesthetic Design• 32 Selectable Tones• 3 Volume Settings• Push and Twist Mount• Low Current Consumption
Product Codes576.501.005.A Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder Red, Low
profile base (ADT) (Replaces576.501.004.A & 576.001.008.A)
576.501.005.T Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder Red, Lowprofile base (Thorn) (Replaces576.501.004.T, 576.501.008.T &576.501.019)
576.501.016.A Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder Red,Weather Proof base (ADT)(Replaces 576.501.015.A &576.501.024.A)
576.501.016.T Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder Red,Weather Proof base (Thorn) (Replaces576.501.015.T & 576.501.024.T)
576.501.025.A Banshee Multi-Tone Sounder White, LowProfile base(ADT) (Replaces576.501.033.A)
Chapter 13 - Minerva Range of Sounders
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 131
Ba
nsh
ee
Mu
lti-ton
e S
ou
nd
er
No. Description Frequency and Timing 2nd Tone dBa (Typ) mA(Typ) dBA(Typ) mA(Typ) 12345
1 Banshee LF Buzz 800Hz ato 950Hz swept at 120Hz* 4 94 6 100 12 00000
2 Banshee LF Fast Sweep 800Hz to 950 swept at 9Hz* 4 94 6 100 12 10000
3 Banshee LF Slow Sweep 800Hz to 950Hz swept at 3Hz* 4 94 6 100 12 01000
4 Banshee LF Continuous Continuous at 850Hz* 4 95 6 101 12 11000
5 Banshee LF Fast Sweep (New) 830Hz to 970Hz swept at 9Hz* 4 95 6 101 12 00100
6 Medium Sweep LF 800Hz to 970Hz swept at 1 Hx* 7 95 6 102 12 10100
7 Continuous LF Continuous at 970Hz* 7 97 6 103 12 01100
8 Backup Alarm LF Intermittent at 950Hz 1s on, 1s off* 4 97 4 103 7 11100
9 Alternate LF Alternating 800Hz/1000Hz,0.5s each sound* 4 94 8 101 14 00010
10 Medium Sweep LF 800Hz/1000Hz swept at 0.5s* 4 95 5 101 12 10010
11 Alternate LF Alternating tones 800/950Hz* 4 96 6 103 14 01010
12 Banshee/Bedlam HF buzz 2400Hz to 2900Hz at 120Hz 15 102 12 110 25 11010
13 Banshee/Bedlam HF Fast Sweep 2400Hz to 2900Hz at 9Hz 15 103 12 110 25 00110
14 Banshee/Bedlam HF Slow Sweep 2400Hz to 2900Hz at 3Hz 15 103 12 110 25 10110
15 Banshee/Bedlam HF Continuous Continuous at 2900Hz at 3Hz 15 105 12 112 30 01110
16 Banshee/Bedlam HF Fast Sweep (New) 2450Hz to 3100Hz swept at 9Hz 15 103 12 110 25 11110
17 Back up Alarm LF Intermittent at 2900Hz 1s on 1s off 15 105 7 112 15 00001
18 Alternate LF Alternating tones 2400/2900Hz at 3Hz 15 104 12 110 25 10001
19 Slow Whoop 500Hz rising to 1200Hz over 3.5, silence 0.5s, repeat 4 96 6 101 12 01001
20 Din Tone (DK) 1200Hz falling to 500Hz over 1s, silence 10ms, repeat 4 93 6 101 14 11001
21 French Fire Sound 554Hz for 100ms and 440Hz for 400ms 4 90 5 96 10 00101
22 Australian Alert SIgnal 420Hz repeating 0.625s on, 0.625s off 4 88 3 94 6 10101
23 Australian Evacuation Signal 500Hz rising to 1200Hz over 3.75s on, 0.25s off 4 96 6 103 12 01101
24 US Temporal Tone LF 950Hz for 0.5s on 0.5s off, for 3 phases, silence for 1.5s & repeat 4 96 3 103 6 11101
25 US Temporal Tone HF 2900Hz for 0.5s on 0.5s off, for 3 phases, silence for 1.5s & repeat 15 105 6 112 12 00011
26 Swedish Tone (Fire) Intermittent 660Hz 150ms on, 150ms off 26 81 4 87 7 10011
27 Swedish Tone (all Clear) Continuous 660Hz 27 84 5 89 14 01011
28 ISO8201LF Intermittent 970Hz 500ms on, 550ms off* 28 96 4 103 7 11011
29 ISO8201HF Intermittent 2900Hz 500ms on, 500ms off 29 106 8 112 15 00111
30 BT Banshee (FP1063.1) Yodel 800Hz/1000Hz, 0.25s each frequency* 31 93 8 101 14 10111
31 BT Banshee (FP1063.1) Continuous 1000Hz* 31 95 8 102 17 01111
32 Bell Tone Bell Tone* 32 96 8 101 17 11111
*Tone meets frequency requirements of BS5839 Pt. 1 1988
Tone Information Banshee 12V Banshee 24V
Chapter 13 - Minerva Range of Sounders
Ba
nsh
ee
Acce
ssori
es
The combined mounting bracket forthe Besson Multi-tone Banshee andXenon Beacon allows quick andneat installation of combinedsounders and beacons. Thebracket allows the followingelectronic sounders to be mountedwith the range of 1W XenonBeacons:• Besson Banshee• Loop powered MINERVA Besson
Banshee • MINERVA FIRECRYER voice
enhanced sounder
The bracket can be used withany of the 24Vd.c 1W Xenonbeacons in red, clear, amber orblue (Part no.'s540.001.030/031/032 & 033)
Product Code576.501.047Banshee/Xenon bracket
Accessories
Besson Wafer Sounder
Flush Mount Bedroom Sounder
The standard Besson Wafersounder is supplied in white with ablank cover included. Thespecification is as follows:Input voltage: 24V d.c. (+/-25%)Sound Output: 60dBA/90dBA at 1mtypical (pot. Adjustable) offering thesame sound formats as theBanshee sounder range. It cantherefore be used in conjunctionwith the Banshee sounders on thesame site.
Technical SpecificationCurrent: 4mA to 15mATemperature Range: -40°C to + 70°CDimensions: Dia 103mm,Height 22mm (excluding coverplate)
Product Code576.501.038Besson wafer sounder and blankcover in white
Meeting the requirements forBS5839 part 1, the BedroomSounder range is well suited tohotels and residential environmentswhere aesthetics is a primeconcern. Matching the soundoutput of the Banshee range ofsounders so therefore they can bemixed on a site.
Features• Low current consumption 7mA• Dual sound options selected via
a jumper switch: ‘Continuous’and ‘Fast Sweep’ 90dB
• Can be both Flush and Surfacemounted
• Robust terminal connectors toaccommodate up to 2.5mm2
conductors
Product Codes576.501.032.AFlush Mount Sounder ADT Branded576.501.032.TFlush Mount Sounder ThornBranded
Chapter 13 - Minerva Range of Sounders
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 132
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 133
Oth
er E
lectro
nic
Sou
nd
ers
Product Code576.501.013IS28VCL MK4 Banshee BS5839 LowFrequency ATEX certified intrinsicallysafe grey sounder - 94dBA, 10mA.Certificate Number :ITS03ATEX21311x EExia IIC T5.
Banshee IS28
Klaxon Mini Mono Siren
Yodalarms
Sounder Circuit EOL
Product Code576.502.011Klaxon Mini Mono P 24Vdc siren103dB@1mtr1000Hz500mA@24Vdc.
This versatile range of sounders areideally suited for fire, safety andsecurity hazard warning.
Technical SpecificationDimensions:YO3: 89H x 89W x 85D mmYO5: 134H x 134W x 128D mmYO8: 216H x 216W x 153D mm
Product Codes576.501.001YO3 Yodalarm 3” 24Vdc 100dB @1Mtr576.501.002YO5 Yodalarm 5” 24Vdc 106dB @1Mtr576.501.003YO8 Yodalarm 8” 24Vdc 112dB @1Mtr
The sounder circuit EOL units orEOL resistors are supplied with therelevant control panels and soundermodules. Spare sounder circuit EOLmodules for System 1600, 1700,
MINERVA 1-4, T880 Modules andsounder circuits on the MINERVAmain processor are available asfollows.
Product Code509.013.031Spare sounder circuit EOL unit
Chapter 13 - Minerva Range of Sounders
Fir
eC
rye
r
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 134
Minerva Firecryer - Voice Enhanced SoundersThe MINERVA FIRECRYER is an electronic sounder, which provides as default the same electronic sound as theMINERVA Besson Banshees.
FirecryerThe FIRECRYER provides up to 4 predefined voicemessages, which can be synchronised across a zone ofsounders.
The FIRECRYER offers an excellent service upgradeopportunity in the UK for systems installed to BS5839pt1and may also provide opportunities elsewhere.
Technical SpecificationDimensions : IP45 - 92dia 61.3 Hmm
IP66 - 92dia 85.5 HmmOperating Voltage: Nominally 24Vdc
Min. 18Vdc Max. 30VdcCurrent Consumption: Average 19mA
Min. 10mA Max.23mA (Subject to message)(at max. output)
Sound output: Fast sweep - 100dBAVoice message: 97dBA approxVolume Control Via DIP switch with - 18dB range from
maximumPolarity D.C. reverse polarity protectionOperating Temp: -25°C to +70°CHumidity: 90% relative humidity
(non-condensing)Weatherproofing: Standard base - IP45
Special base - IP66Housing Material: Red Flame-retardant ABSStandard MessagesAK - “Fire Emergency, Please remain calm and evacuate
the building immediately”AB - “This is a fire alert. This is a fire alert. Await further
instructions. Await furtherinstructions.”
SP - “This is an ADT fire alarm test. No action required”AE - “Fire Alarm Test Now Complete”
Features• Up to 4 predefined voice messages• Custom messages available• Low current consumption
Product Codes576.501.101 MFC4SB Firecryer multi message
switching PCB for use with multi-message MINERVA Firecryers
576.501.103 MFC4ENC 4 message synch boardenclosure with 3 position keyswitch foruse with 576.501.101
576.501.042 Banshee IP66 backbox for Looppowered Banshee and Firecryers
Chapter 13 - Minerva Range of Sounders
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 135
Fire
Crye
r
FIRECRYER cont’d
Product Codes Product Message Brand SynchronisedReference 1 2 3 4
576.501.034.A MFC1SEA AK - - - ADT Yes576.501.035.A MFC4SUA AK AB SP AE ADT Yes576.501.104.A *MFC4SCA Customer Defined ADT Yes* For recording of special messages there is a charge. This can be ordered under product code576.501.105 MFC-CM. This includes the supply of a different timer chip for MFC4SB synchronisationboard.
Multi Message Switching Board MFC4SB
PCB Dimensions 138 x 100mm
EMC/RFI CE Marked
Operating Temp -5 to +55°C
Operating Voltage 18-30V d.c.
Quiescent Current 6mA (Max)
Message Mode 28mA
Sounder Circuit 2 x 500mA Fused
MINERVA FIRECRYER - Single Message Configuration
Sounder O/P S1
Fire Alarm Panel
Sounder O/P S2
MFC4SB
A (Max 500mA)
To Sounders
B (Max 500mA)
MINERVA FIRECRYER - Four Message Configuration
Sounder O/P S1
Fire Alarm Panel
Sounder O/P S2
A (Max 500mA)
To Sounders
B (Max 500mA)
Push-buttons
Key-Switch
Additional FeaturesSingle and Four Message VariantsA single message can confirm that the electronic soundis a fire alarm warning and differentiate it from otherelectronic sounders used in an environment. With fourmessages fire tests can be easily differentiated from alertand evacuate messages.Two Wire ConnectionThe FIRECRYER uses a standard 2 wire 24V d.c.connection to carry power, message switching andmessage synchronisation. This enables a quick andeasy upgrade to existing bells and soundersMINERVA Banshee CompatibleThe electronic alarm sound and mechanics of theFIRECRYER are the same as other Banshee sounders inthe range. This allows them to be mixed with othersounders in a zone. It also means that existingBanshees can be very quickly upgraded toFIRECRYERs.
Single and Multi Message VariantsSingle message versions provide fast retrofit and are selfsynchronising.Multi-messagge versions only require a multi-messageswitching PCB added at the fire panel which then allowsall FIRECRYERS on two sounder circuits to besynchronised. Low PowerThe FIRECRYER takes marginally more power than anequivalent electronic sounder. This enables voiceenhanced sounders to be offered without the highadditional cost of large battery backups.Standard ProductsThe FIRECRYER is available in 2 models (Single and 4message) in ADT branding with pre-defined Englishmessages and 100dBA fast sweep alert sound tocomply with BS5839Pt1. Other variants with differentbranding, languages, messages and different tones areavailable upon request.
2 3 4
Chapter 13 - Minerva Range of Sounders
Fu
lle
on
Sou
nd
ers
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 136
Model Symphoni High Output Symphoni (Low Power)Operation 2 Hours Continuous ContinuousOperating Voltage Range 9-28Vdc 12-30VdcSound Output @ 1m Up to 120dB(A) 100dB(A) +/- 2dB(A) @24Vd. c.Volume Control Down to 80dB approx.Current Consumption 240mA +/- 20mA on Tone 3 5mA +/- 1mA at all volumesTones 1 to 32 (see table in Flashni section) Alternating 990Hz/650Hz@2Hz
Continuous 990HzIntermittent 990Hz, On/Off@1Hz
Synchronisation Synchronised Start Synchronised StartFrequency Stability +/- 0.15% +/- 0.5%Operating Temperature -25 °C to +55°C -25°C to +70°CLine Monitoring Method Polarised Input Polarised InputConstruction ABS Plastic Case ABS Plastic CaseIngress Protection IP42 IP42Weight 0.58Kg 0.212Kg
Technical Specification
A Symphoni electronic sounderdesigned specifically for installationon the detection zone of theMXC/MXCE panel
Technical SpecificationSound Output @ 1M: 100dB(A) +/-2dB(A) @ 24Vdc Tones: Continuous - 970Hz
Alternating - 970/800 Hz at 2 HzPulsed - 970 Hz at 1Hz
Operating Temp: -25 to+70 CConstruction: Red/White ABSIngress Protection: IP42Termination: 2.5mm2 Screw Terminals
Product Codes576.501.204Symphoni 2 Wire Sounder (Red)576.501.205Symphoni 2 Wire Sounder (White)
MXC/MXCE 2 Wire Symphoni Sounder
Fulleon 24Vdc Symphoni Sounder
The 24 Vdc Symphoni Sounder is ageneral purpose internal sounder,available either as a very high outputsounder for noisy areas, or a highoutput low current sounder forapplications where power is limited.Both versions share the same hornand backbox which has doublecable entries for ease of installation.The low power version has 3selectable tones which may beemployed for one, two or three stagealarm applications. The high outputversion has 32 selectable tones andretains full tone compatibility with theRoshni, Squashni and Askari productranges.
Product Codes576.501.200SY/R Low Power Red SymphoniSounder (3 tone)576.501.201SY/W Low Power White SymphoniSounder (3 tone)576.501.202SYHO/R High Output Red SymphoniSounder (32 tone)576.501.203SYHO/W High Output WhiteSymphoni Sounder (32 tone)
Roshni
A flexible alarm sounder for Fire andSecurity applications complete withvolume control and dil switch toprovide 32 tones.
Low profile Roshni with Deep baseoffers IP65 protection. All Roshnisounders have synchronised start forself synchronisation without thirdwire.
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 93 Dia x 105D
mm(Deep base)
Colour: Red or whiteavailableApprovals: None(Approved variants available)Output Voltage: 9-28VdcTypical Current: 24Vdc@16mATyp. Sound Output: @1m 102dB
Product CodesROSHRDSRROSHNI Sounder deep base - red171.392ROSHNI Sounder deep base - white576.501.220ROSHNI Sounder shallow base - red576.501.221ROSHNI Sounder shallow base -white
Chapter 14 - Fulleon Range of Sounders
Fulleon Range of Sounders
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 137
Fu
lleon
Sou
nd
ers
The Squashni electronic sounder isthe original ceiling sounder for useas a universal fire detector platformor as a stand alone soundercomplete with blank cover. It comespreset to tone 3 with a volumecontrol and is fully compatible withRoshni tones, synchronised start.
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 112 Dia x 27D mmColour: Matched to
leading fire detector manufacturers
Approvals: None(Approved variants available)Output Voltage: 9-28VdcTypical Current: 24Vdc@16mATyp. Sound Output:@1m 93dB (A)
Product Codes576.501.030Squashni white 24Vdc576.501.031Blank cover plate white for Squashni
Squashni
Askari Compact
The Askari Compact is a compactbedroom sounder for unobtrusiveinstallation. It comes preset to tone 2or 3 with a volume control and isfully compatible with Roshni tones,synchronised start. A surface mountbackbox is available from thesupplier to special order.
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 87.5H x85.75W x 36D mmColour: Red or white
availableApprovals: BS 5839 pt 1Output Voltage: 9-28VdcTypical Current: 24Vdc@16mATyp. Sound Output: @1m 95dB (A)
Product Codes576.501.240Askari sounder, tone 3 - red576.501.241Askari sounder, tone 3- white
Chapter 14 - Fulleon Range of Sounders
Fu
lle
on
Fla
sh
ni
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 138
FlashniCombined sounder and beacon, combines the features ofthe Roshni electronic sounder with a fully integrated Xenonbeacon.
These sounders are fully compatible with all Roshni tones,automatic sounder synchronisation. Weather resistant toIP65.
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 93 Dia x 92D mm
(Shallow base)93 Dia x 121D mm (Deep base)
Output Voltage: 18-30VdcTypical Current: 68m@A24VdcTyp. Sound Output: 101dB (A)@1m
Features• Combined strobe & sounder• Matches Roshni sounders• Weather Resistant to IP65
Product Codes20-118 Combined Roshni sounder/strobe
complete with deep base576.501.224 Combined Roshni Sounder/Strobe Red
Body/Red Lens Low Profile completewith shallow base & tone switch.
Chapter 14 - Fulleon Range of Sounders
Fu
lleon
Ton
e C
ha
rt
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 139
No. 1st TONE 2nd TONE TYPICAL (mA/24V) TYPICAL SOUND OUTPUT(dB @ 1m)1 ALT TONES 800/970 at 1/4 Hz 14 18 1042 SWEEPING 800/970Hz at 7Hz 14 19 1053 SWEEPING 800/970Hz at 1Hz 14 18 1054 CONTINUOUS at 2850Hz 14 29 1165 SWEEPING 2400-2850Hz at 7Hz 4 23 1146 SWEEPING 2400-2850Hz at 1Hz 4 23 1137 SLOW WHOOP 14 15 1038 SWEEP 1200-500 at 1Hz 14 16 1039 ALT TONES 2400/2850 2Hz 4 27 11310 INT TONE OF 970Hz at 1Hz 14 1 10611 ALT TONES 800/970 Hz at 1Hz 14 18 10512 INT TONE at 2850 Hz at 1Hz 4 20 11613 970Hz at 1/4 SEC. ON 1 SEC. OFF 14 7 10214 CONTINUOUS AT 970Hz 14 20 10715 554 FOR 100ms and 440Hz FOR 400ms 14 12 9916 INT 660Hz 150ms ON/150ms OFF 16 9 8717 INT 660Hz 1.8s ON/1.8s OFF 17 12 9118 INT 660Hz 6.5s ON/13s OFF 18 10 9019 CONTINUOUS 660Hz 19 14 9020 ALT 554/440Hz at 1Hz 20 13 9521 INT 660Hz 1Hz 21 9 8722 INT 2850Hz 150ms ON 100ms OFF 14 19 11323 SWEEP 800-970Hz at 50Hz 14 18 10524 SWEEP 2400-2850Z at 50 Hz 4 22 11225 INTERMITTENT 970Hz 500ms ON
500ms OFF 25 12 10026 INTERMITTENT 2850HZ 500ms ON
500ms OFF 26 18 10927 CONTINUOUS AT 4kHz 27 33 8428 ALTERNATING TONES 800/970 AT 2Hz 10 15 10129 ALTERNATING TONES 988/645 AT 2Hz 988Hz 19 10030 ALTERNATING 510/610 at 1Hz 510Hz 13 9731 SWEEPING 300-1200 at 1Hz 31 19 9732 CONTINUOUS AT 4kHz 27 33 84
Fulleon Sounder Tone Table
Fulleon Tone Tone Number 2 Wire Symphoni 24V Symphoni Sounder Base601SB/601SBD602SB/602SBD
901SB
SWITCH A B SWITCH 1 2 3 4 5 SWITCH 1 2 3 4
CONTINUOUS TONE (970HZ) 14 1 0 10010 111X
(880Hz)
PULSED/INTERMITTENT TONE (970HZ@ 1HZ) 25 1 1 00111 011X
(880Hz@1Hz)EURO ONLY
ALTERNATING TONE (970HZ/800HZ@2HZ) 1 0 1 11111 N/A
(CLOSEST MATCH) (990HZ/650HZ@2HZ)
DUTCH SLOW WHOOP
(500Hz-1200Hz-3s on/0.5s off) 7 N/A 11001 000X
SLOW SWEEP (800Hz/970Hz@1Hz) 3 N/A 11101 010X
FAST SWEEP (800Hz/970HZ@7HZ) 2 N/A 11110 100X
TWO TONE/ALTERNATING (800HZ/970HZ@1HZ) 11 N/A 10101 110X
(660Hz/880Hz@1Hz)EURO ONLY
Fulleon Sounder Tone Compatibility Table
Chapter 14 - Fulleon Range of Sounders
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 140
Fla
me
pro
of
Horn
Sou
nd
er
DB3 Flameproof Horn SounderThis lightweight all GRP flameproof sounder is intendedfor use in potentially explosive gas and dust atmospheresand has been designed with high ingress protection tocope with the harsh environmental conditions foundoffshore and onshore in the oil, gas and petrochemicalindustries.
The flamepaths, flare and the body, are manufacturedcompletely from a UV stable glass reinforced polyester.Stainless steel screws and sinter are incorporated thusensuring a corrosion free product. A tapered flamepath isused to overcome the problems of assembly of parallelspigot flamepaths.
Technical SpecificationTerminals: 6 x 2.5mm2 Mounting: Stainless steel bracket with ratchet
facilityCable Entries: 1 x 20mm EExd.Tone Selection: 27 user selectable tones. Certification: CENELEC EN50014,18,19
BASEEFA Cert. No. BAS00ATEX2097X, EExd IIC 100°C(-55 t. amb + 55°C)T5. Zones 1and 2.
UL Listed: Class 1 Div 2, Groups A-DClass 1 Zones 1 & 2, AExd IIC T4.Listing No. E203310.
GOST Certification: 1Exd IIC T4 & 1Exde IIC T4Cert. No. A-0759.
Material: Body & horn in anti-static, UVstable, glass reinforced polyester.Swivel bracket & captive coverscrews in stainless steel.
Sound Output: 115dB(A) +/- 3dB(A)(tone dependent).
Nominal Output (dBA) Input Current (mA)*93 50
105 100108 150111 200112 250114 300115 350
Features• For use in hazardous areas• Robust GRP construction• Powerful Output, up to 115dBA
Product Code576.501.043 Flameproof Horn Sounder
(DB3/D/048/N/1B/N/R)
Range of Sounders
Certified Temperature:EExd UL GOST Exd
DB3 -20°C -55°C -20°C to +55°C to +55°C to +50°C
*Output measured with 24V input voltage. Tone set to970Hz continuous.
Weight: 6.0kg approxIngress Protection: IP66Voltage: Up to 48VdcCurrentConsumption: 380mA at 24Vdc
Chapter 14 - Fulleon Range of Sounders
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 141
La
mp
Bu
zzer a
nd
LE
D B
ea
con
s
Visual IndicatorsOur range includes LED & Xenon beacons together with flameproof and intrinsically safe models for hazardousareas.
Chapter 15 - Visual Indicators
Lamp Buzzer units may be used forlocal alarms when high level audiblewarnings may not be appropriate.Available in flush and surface mountversions to fit standard singlebackboxes.
Features• Low Current• Flush or Surface Mount• Hi-Brightness LED
Technical SpecificationsDimensions: 90H x 90W x
40D mm Current Rating: 15mA at
24Vdcnominally
Product Code540.011.012 Single gang
flush mountLED(red)/BuzzerUnit labelled‘Fire Alarm’
540.011.013 Single gangsurface mountLED(red)/BuzzerUnit labelled‘Fire Alarm’ c/wsurfacebackbox.
Single Gang Lamp/Buzzer Units
Easy AVTM Retrofit LED Beacon
Solista LED Beacon
This low power LED beacon isdesigned to be retrofitted to existingBanshee or Roshni electronicsounders. Easy and fast installationtypically 3 min. Low power 6mAmax at 24Vdc High Output LEDs
Product Codes576.501.012Easy AV strobe for BansheeSounders
576.501.228Easy AV strobe for RoshniSounders
Ultra low power requirement 3mAor 6mA at 24Vdc. Long life lowprofile design. Protected to IP54,supplied complete with base.
Product Code576.501.230Solista LED Beacon (Red)
Chapter 15 - Visual Indicators
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 142
Xenon Beacons - 24V Including Surface Mount AdaptorThis high quality range of Xenon beacons are tested to IP65 making them ideal for the most stringent applications.
Each beacon incorporates a low profile Frestral lensdesigned to give maximum light output.The mounting base is available to mount both the beaconand a sounder.
Technical Specification
Features• Available in 1, 2, 3 and 5 watts• Protected to I.P. 65• Attractive low profile design• Optional bracket for mounting both Beacon and
Banshee Sounder
Product Codes540.001.030 Low profile clear 24Vdc 1 watt540.001.031 Low profile blue 24Vdc 1 watt540.001.032 Low profile amber 24Vdc 1 watt540.001.033 Low profile red 24Vdc 1 watt20-112 Low profile 2 watt Red20-113 Low profile 5 watt Red20-120 Low profile 3 watt Red
Voltage Power Output Alarm Current Flash Rate Rating Temp. Range Dimensions (mm)V d.c. Watt(s) mA Height Diameter24 1 42 60/min IP65 -30 to +70°C 51 7524 2 84 60/min IP65 -30 to +70°C 51 7524 3 126 60/min IP65 -30 to +70°C 51 7524 5 210 60/min IP65 -30 to +70°C 75 90
Xe
non
Be
acon
s
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006 Page 143
Fla
me
pro
oof X
en
on
Be
acon
XB11 Flameproof Xenon BeaconThese certified beacons have been designed for use inpotentially explosive gas and dust atmospheres and harshenvironmental conditions. The glass reinforced polyesterenclosures are suitable for use offshore or onshore, wherelight weight combined with corrosion resistance is required.
The beacon housing is manufactured completely from aU.V. stable, glass reinforced polyester. Stainless steelscrews and mounting bracket are incorporated ensuring atotally corrosion free product.
Features• Robust Corrosion Resistant GRP body• High Power (5 Joule)• Certificated Flameproof
Product Code540.001.039 Flameproof Xenon Beacon
(XB11B02406RNBNNNR)
Technical SpecificationVoltage(Joules:) 24Vdc Tube EnergyPeak Current: 5Consumption (mA): 320Effective Intensity (Cd): 29Peak Intensity (Cd): 22213Power Consumption(Watts): 8Note: The Cd figures are for a clear
lens @ “ 1Hz flash rate. For redlens multiple by 0.15
Weight: 2.5KgCertified Temperature: EExd -55°C to + 55°C (T5)
-55°C to + 40°C (T6)Ingress Protection: IP66Terminals: 6 x 2.5mm2Entries: 2 x 20mm ISO EExd.
Certification: BASEEFA EExd IIB 100 °C (-55 t. amb +55°C)T5.85 °C (-55 t.amb + 40°C)T6.Cert. No. 99 ATEX 2195X.CENELEC EN50014 and EN50018
Material: Body: - Glass reinforced polyesterLens: - Glass.Cover Screws + Backstrap: - Stainless steel 316.Finish: Red
Chapter 15 - Visual Indicators
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006Page 144
Intr
insic
all
y S
afe
Xe
non
Be
acon
XB8 Intrinsically Safe BeaconThis ruggedised, intrinsically safe and weatherproofbeacon is intended for use in potentially explosiveatmospheres, and has been designed with high ingress
protection to cope with the harsh environmental conditionsfound offshore and onshore in the oil, gas andpetrochemical industries
Technical SpecificationCertification: CENELEC EN50014, 20 & 39
BAS02ATEX1258XEExia IIB T4Zones 0,1 & 2
Material: UV stable glass reinforcedpolyester body. Clearpolycarbonate cover/lens.Retained stainless steel coverscrews.
Finish: Self coloured redTube Type: Xenon dischargeLens Colour: ClearTerminals: 8 x 2.5mm2Flash Rate: 1 flash per secondCable Entries: Up to 3 x M20 via knockouts.Tube Energy: 0.5 JoulesWeight: 1.4kgCertified Temperature: -55°C TO + 60°CIngress Protection: IP66Tube Life: >1 x 106FlashesVoltage: 24V via suitable barrierCurrent Consumption: 71mA max nominal
Features• Robust GRP Body• Suitable for offshore and petrochem• Certificated Intrinsically Safe
Product Code540.001.038 Intrinsically Safe Xenon Beacon
(XB8BB024CNR)
Chapter 15 - Visual Indicators
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
Chapter 16 - Auxiliary Interface Relays and Housings
Page 145
Re
lays
an
d H
ou
sin
gs
Auxiliary Interface Relays and HousingsRelays and housings to facilitate interfacing of fire alarm controllers to other services.
Boxed Relays
Spare Relay Housing
Product Codes567.005.004Relay 5010. Supplied with 1 PCB butcan fit a maximum of 2 PCB’s eachcontaining up to 5 plug in relays.Order relay (569.001.007)separately.
568.001.002Relay 5010 PCB (5 Relay)
Product Codes567.007.008Alarm Relay 240Va.c. MK4
567.007.009Alarm Relay 24Vdc MK4
Product Code568.001.007Relay 5000 Housing auxiliary relay(small)
Product Code568.001.008Relay 5010 Housing auxiliary relay(large)
Relays
Product Code569.001.007Cradle relay and retaining clip 2 C/O26V nominal 700K ohm coil 5 amp(used with Relay 5000 and 5010).
Product Code609.001.01524V Double Pole changeoverrelay (PCB Mounted)
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
Chapter 17 - Miscellaneous Fire Products
Page 146
Mis
ce
lla
ne
ou
s P
rod
ucts
Miscellaneous Fire Products Wall mountable frames suitable for instructions & zonal diagrams. 5 way sounder card, useful for convertingexisting systems.
Product Code584.002.001Sprinkler delay module. Providespreset delay between sprinklerpressure switch and conventionalfire detection panel.
Sprinkler Delay Module
Fire Notice Frames
Zonal Sounder Circuit Monitoring PCB
These frames are used mainly forFire Alarm Zone Charts and areavailable to fit A4 to A1 sizedrawings. These come supplied withfitting hooks.
Product Codes525.001.005A4 Dimensions: 212mm x 297mm525.001.006A3 Dimensions: 280mm x 356mm525.001.008A2 Dimensions: 483mm x 367mm525.001.007A1 Dimensions: 483mm x 737mm
The Zonal Sounder CircuitMonitoring PCB provides relayinputs (5 off) to interface to 5separate, and monitored soundercircuits. Each has a maximum of 2Amps capacity.
Product Code541.001.018Zonal sounder circuit monitoringPCBDimensions 103 x 254 x 45mm
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
Chapter 18- DATWYLER Fire Resistant Cable
Page 147
Fire
Re
sis
tan
t Ca
ble
Fire Resistant CableDATWYLER lifeline cable is LPCB approved and is suitable for fire alarm systems.
Fire Resistant CableDÄTWYLER Lifeline cable is suitable for fire alarms andemergency lighting where BS6387 and BS7629 standardsare acceptable and meets the installation and performancerequirements of:• BS5839 Pt.1 for use in fire alarms• BS5266 for use with emergency lighting• IEC331 fire resistanceLifeline is LPCB approved to BS6387 CAT CWZ andBASEC approved to BS7629.Lifeline is low smoke, zero halogen, has an integralaluminium backed mylar tape screen with tinned drain wireand requires no special terminations, tools or ferrules forinstallation.
Full details of Lifeline cable can be found in the DÄTWYLERLifeline datasheets on the Tyco Safety Products website(www.tycosafetyproducts - europe.com).DÄTWYLER offer a wide range of cable and safety cablingsystems including complete safety cable systems toDIN4102 part 12. All DÄTWYLER products are available atpreferential prices to Tyco companies via Tyco SafetyProducts. For more information contact Rob Sutcliffe([email protected]).The following DÄTWYLER Lifeline cables are held in stockat Tyco Safety Products, Letchworth warehouse, togetherwith suitable P clips and glands. Cables are priced permetre but must be ordered in units of 100 metre. P clipsand glands are priced each but must be ordered in packs.
Technical SpecificationConstructionConductor: Bare copper, solid or
stranded to BS 6360Insulation: Special double layer
insulation according to BS 7655, E15
Inner Covering: High temperature resistant glass fibre tape
Screening: Al-Laminated tape with tinned copper drain wire, solid to BS 6360
Outer Sheath: Flame retardant polyolefin compound according to BS 7655, LTS3
Technical PropertiesRated Voltage: 300/500VTest Voltage: 2000V, 50Hz core/core
2000V, 50Hz core/screenOperating Temp: -15oC to +90oCCore Colours:
• 2 cores + earth: red, black• 4 cores + earth:red,yellow,blue,black
Sheath Colour: Red or whiteGeneral Properties• Zero Halogen, no corrosive gases -
IEC 60754-2, BS 6425 part 1• Reduced fire propagation - IEC 60332-
3, BS 4066 part 3• Minimum smoke emission - IEC 61034,
BS 7622• Insulation integrity - IEC 60331
(FE180), BS 6387 (cat. CWZ)Approvals• BASEC
Product Codes
No. of Cores x Cross Section (n x mm2) Copper Content (Kg/Km) Total Weight (Kg/Km) Outer Diameter (approx. mm) Calorific Potential (KWh/m)2 x 1.0 19 75 7.4 0.162 x 1.5 29 97 8.2 0.182 x 2.5 48 141 9.6 0.244 x 1.0 39 114 8.6 0.234 x 1.5 58 149 9.6 0.27
Product Codes Description - DÄTWYLER Lifeline cableNo. Cores Core Size Colour Clips
599.048.020 2 + earth 1 mm Red P34 R599.048.022 2 + earth 1.5 mm Red P34 R599.048.023 2 + earth 1.5 mm White P34 W599.048.024 2 + earth 2.5 mm Red P37 R599.048.032 4 + earth 1 mm Red P37 R599.048.034 4 + earth 1.5 mm Red P40 R599.048.035 4 + earth 1.5 mm White P40 W
Product Codes Description - DÄTWYLER Lifeline Fire Resistant P Clips & Glands
Qty. per pack Reference Colour599.048.001 50 P34 Red599.048.002 50 P34 White599.048.003 50 P37 Red599.048.005 50 P40 Red599.048.006 50 P40 White599.048.009 10 NG1 Red599.048.010 10 NG1 White
Wa
ter
De
tecti
on
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
Chapter 19 - Water Detection Systems
Page 148
Water Leak Detection AlarmsThe Water Leak detection system is a water detection alarm designed to be used in situations where not just flooding but also unduedampness could cause damage or ultimately become dangerous.
The system comprises an electronic monitoring and alarmcontrol panel connected to sensors located in the arearequiring protection and can be custom made with avariety of types of detection sensor to suit thecharacteristics of the areas to be covered.This system has been designed for ease of installation andmodern micro-electronics ensure a high degree ofreliability.
Typical Applications• Computer Rooms, Telecommunications and Office
Areas• Electrical Plant and Tank Areas• Valuables, Antiques and Artifacts• In general, wherever the presence of water could be a potential problem to people, equipment, perishable stock, data/information archives and record stores, hospital theatres and so on. There are also sensors for the detection of non-conductivefluids such as diesel/oil.
DETEK Water Flood Detection ControllersController electronics are housed in a robust cabinet andprovide accurate sensing for water leakage andcomprehensive alarm facilities.The system is ideal for all types of applications utilising amixture of sensors on a single control panel to giveoptimum flexibility.All systems have a test facility to enable simple regularconfidence checking of the equipment.Lockable cabinets constructed in mild steel with stoveenamelled finish for surface mounting. 20mm Knockoutsare provided for ease of cable entry.Indications of status on each zone, wiring fault and supplyhealthy. Mains fail battery back-up indication whereapplicable.The 85dBA pulsed audible alarm has a fully functional localmute facility.
Quality:
• Electro Magnetic Compatibility - All of the control panels and sensors have been performance tested to meet the requirements of EN55022 for emissions and EN50092 for immunity
• British International Standards - The equipment is manufactured in accordance with EN ISO 9001 procedures
• Electrical Safety - Manufactured in accordance with Electrical Equipment (Safety) Regulations 1994 - Low Voltage Directive (SI 1994/3260).
Technical SpecificationDimensions: 160H x 220W x 62D mm
(Single Zone)270H x 362W x 84D mm(Multi Zone)
Supply: Single phase 240Va.c., 25VA Max. Relay Contacts:Two sets ofvolt free change over contacts for alarm and one set for wiring fault or power loss. These may be used to link into Building Management Systems or for remote alarms and beacons up to 2A, 50Va.c./d.c.
Features• Suitable for computer rooms• Wide range of sensors• Relay contacts to interface to BMS or fire alarm
controllers
Product Codes508.200.004 1 Zone - water/flood control panel508.200.005 2 Zone - water/flood control panel508.200.006 4 Zone - water/flood control panel
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
Chapter 19 - Water Detection Systems
Page 149
Wa
ter D
ete
ctio
n
Sensor Cable, Sensor Pads & Probe SensorsSensor CableSensor cable comprises high flexibility conductorsinsulated by Helagaine mono-filament braiding. Cable ortape sensors are suitable for general protection under falsefloors, or can be fastened directly to pipework enablingcoverage in ceiling void areas.
The cables can be connected together, up to 100m, tocater for larger areas. For each zone a ‘start of line’ and an‘end of line’ module is required.
Sensor PadsSensor pads are constructed from glass fibre with an anti-corrosive nickel plated surface. Pads will detect a few cc’sof liquid and are either face up for location under vulnerablepoints or face down for a general coverage.
Probe SensorsProbe sensors are the least sensitive and are oftenemployed as water level sensors. In general the sensor isenclosed in a protective cover which also provides a meansfor fixing and 20mm gland entry. The probe is designed forvertical mounting at skirting level though may be mountedin voids or sumps. A screw allows 16mm height adjustmentafter the sensor is installed.
Technical SpecificationSensor CableDimensions: 8mm dia
Sensor PadsTechnical SpecificationDimensions: 115H x 160W mm
Probe SensorsDimensions: 85H x 62W x 62D mm
Features• Wide range • Compact size• High Flexibility Conductors
Product CodesSensor Cable516.200.010 CD/5 5 metre length of sensing cable516.200.011 CD/10 10 metre length of sensing cable516.200.012 SOL Start of line for sensing cable516.200.013 EOL End of line for sensing cable516.200.014 FF1 Sensing cable fixing clips516.200.015 CDT Sensing cable identification tagsSensor Pads516.200.016 SFU Sensor pad face up516.200.006 SFD Sensor pad face down516.200.007 SFD/C Cover for sensor pad face downProbe Sensors516.200.004 SPS/V Vertical mounting probe sensor
complete with cover
Compatible Sensors
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
Notes
Page 150
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
INDEX
Page 151
10-115 121
171.392 136
20-100 128
20-101 128
20-112 142
20-113 142
20-118 138
20-120 142
2500/032 50
2500/034 50
2500/045 56
2500/051 56
2500/052 56
2500/119 56
2500/120 56
2500/220 50
2500/221 50
2500/222 50
2500/383 50
2500/384 50
2500/755 60
2500/756 60
2500/757 60
2500/758 60
2500/759 60
2500/774 60
2500/775 60
2500/776 60
2500/777 60
2500/778 60
2500/930 56
2501/025 56
2501/028 56
40-103 63
40-104 63
40-105 63
508.013.016 61
508.020.007 40
508.020.015 40
508.020.020 42
508.020.021 42
508.020.022 42
508.020.201 40
508.020.202 40
508.020.203 40
508.020.204 40
508.022.001 53
508.022.002 53
508.022.003 53
508.022.008 51
508.022.010 51
508.022.016 51
508.022.018 51
508.022.019 51
508.022.021 53
508.022.035 59
508.022.036 59
508.022.037 59
508.022.038 51
508.022.042 51
508.022.043 51
508.022.044 51
508.030.102 49
508.030.201 49
508.030.202 49
508.030.203 49
508.030.301 49
508.030.502 55
508.030.503 57
508.030.504 57
508.200.004 148
508.200.005 148
508.200.006 148
508722 129
509.013.026 61
509.013.031 133
509.022.001 51, 53, 59
509.022.003 52, 59
509.022.004 52, 59
509.022.005 52, 59
509.022.006 52
509.022.007 52, 53
509.022.008 51, 53
509.022.010 59
509.022.011 51, 53
509.022.013 51, 53, 59
509.022.015 59
509.022.016 59
509.022.018 59
509.022.021 51
509.022.024 59
509.022.033 51, 53
509.030.001 49
509.030.005 49, 55
509.030.015 49, 55
509.030.016 49, 55
509.030.017 58
509.030.019 49
509.030.022 49
509.030.023 49
509.030.024 49
509.030.027 49, 55
514.001.009 108
514.001.010.A 120
514.001.010.T 120
514.001.010.Y 120
514.001.012 120
514.001.013 120
514.001.014 120
514.001.042.A 120
514.001.042.T 120
514.001.042.Y 120
514.001.043.A 120
514.001.043.T 120
514.001.043.Y 120
514.001.058 109
514.001.059 109
514.001.060.A 120
514.001.060.T 120
514.001.060.Y 120
514.001.062 103
514.001.063 103
514.002.002.A 120
514.800.503.A 119
514.800.503.T 119
514.800.503.Y 119
514.800.504.A 119
514.800.504.T 119
514.800.504.Y 119
514.800.505.T 119
514.800.506.T 119
514.800.511.T 119
514.800.512.T 119
514.800.513 103
515.001.003 122
515.001.009 122
515.001.010 122
515.001.014 122
515.001.019 122
515.001.021 121
515.001.023 122
515.001.024 122
515.001.025 122
515.001.026 121
515.001.027 122
515.001.028 121
515.001.029 123
515.001.030 123
515.001.031 123
515.001.032 123
515.001.034 123, 124
515.001.035 123, 124
515.001.036 123, 124
515.001.037 125
515.001.038 125
515.001.039 125
515.001.043 125
515.001.045 121
515484 112
515485 112
515487 112
515590 78
516.009.023 98
516.014.019 73
516.014.020 73
516.015.006.A 112
516.015.006.T 112
516.015.007 112
516.015.008 112
516.015.009 125
Stock Code No. Page Stock Code No. Page Stock Code No. Page
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
INDEX
Page 152
516.015.011 113
516.015.012 113
516.016.005 115
516.016.006 115
516.016.010 115
516.016.011 115
516.016.012 115
516.016.111 114
516.016.112 114
516.016.113 114
516.016.115 114
516.018.001 87
516.018.002 87
516.018.003 87
516.018.004 88
516.018.005 88
516.018.006 88
516.018.007 88
516.018.008 88
516.018.009 88
516.018.010 86
516.018.011 86
516.018.012 86
516.018.013 87
516.018.016 88
516.018.019 88
516.018.020 85
516.018.021 85
516.018.022 85
516.018.023 85
516.018.024 85
516.018.101 89
516.018.102 89
516.018.103 89
516.018.104 89
516.018.106 89
516.018.107 89
516.018.108 89
516.018.119 89
516.018.120 89
516.018.201 90
516.018.203 90
516.018.204 90
516.018.206 90
516.018.210 90
516.018.214 90
516.018.219 90
516.018.260 90
516.018.261 90
516.018.262 90
516.018.264 90
516.018.265 90
516.018.268 90
516.018.269 90
516.018.270 91
516.018.301 90
516.018.302 90
516.018.303 90
516.018.401 90
516.018.402 90
516.018.407 90
516.018.501 90
516.018.502 90
516.018.503 90
516.018.504 90
516.018.505 90
516.018.506 90
516.018.508 90
516.018.509 90
516.018.514 90
516.018.515 90
516.018.901 92
516.018.902 92
516.018.903 92
516.018.904 92
516.018.905 93
516.018.906 93
516.018.907 93
516.018.908 93
516.018.909 92
516.018.910 93
516.018.911 93
516.018.912 93
516.018.915 93
516.018.918 93
516.018.920 93
516.033.011 107
516.033.012 107
516.033.013 107
516.033.014 107
516.037.003 97
516.037.004 97
516.037.015 97
516.038.003 97
516.038.004 97
516.039.003 97
516.039.004 97
516.040.002 97
516.040.012 97
516.041.003 97
516.041.004 97
516.052.041.Y 105
516.052.051.Y 105
516.054.011.Y 105
516.058.002.Y 105
516.060.010 100
516.060.011 100
516.060.012 100
516.060.040 100
516.060.041 100
516.061.001.Y 106
516.200.004 149
516.200.006 149
516.200.007 149
516.200.010 149
516.200.011 149
516.200.012 149
516.200.013 149
516.200.014 149
516.200.015 149
516.200.016 149
516.600.001.T 72
516.600.001.Y 72
516.600.001A 72
516.600.002.A 72
516.600.002.T 72
516.600.002.Y 72
516.600.003.A 72
516.600.003.T 72
516.600.003.Y 72
516.600.004.A 72
516.600.004.T 72
516.600.004.Y 72
516.600.005.A 73
516.600.005.T 73
516.600.005.Y 73
516.600.006 73
516.600.007 73
516.600.013.A 72
516.600.013.T 72
516.600.013.Y 72
516.600.066 105
516.600.067 105
516.600.201 72
516.600.202 72
516.600.203 72
516.600.204 72
516.600.213 72
516.800,912 82
516.800.006 66
516.800.007 66
516.800.066 102
516.800.067 102
516.800.500.A 66
516.800.500.T 66
516.800.500.W 66
516.800.500.Y 66
516.800.501A 67
516.800.501T 67
516.800.501W 67
516.800.501Y 67
516.800.502.A 67
516.800.502.T 67
516.800.502.W 67
516.800.502.Y 67
516.800.507 66
516.800.508T 67
516.800.509 67
516.800.513 78
516.800.515.A 67
516.800.515.T 67
Stock Code No. Page Stock Code No. Page Stock Code No. Page
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
INDEX
Page 153
516.800.515.W 67
516.800.515.Y 67
516.800.530 102
516.800.531 102
516.800.532 102
516.800.800 68
516.800.800.A 68
516.800.800.Y 68
516.800.905 79
516.800.907 79
516.800.908 81
516.800.909 81
516.800.910 78, 82,83
516.800.911 78, 82,83
516.800.912 82, 83
516.800.913 78,82,83
516.800.915 80
516.800.917 116
516.800.918 36
516.800.922 36
516.800.923 36
516.800.924 36
516.800.926 36
516.800.927 36
516.800.929 36
516.800.931 80
516.800.932 80
516.800.933 80
516.800.934 80
516.800.935 80
516.800.936 80
516.800.937 80
516.800.938 80
516.800.953 79
516.800.954 79
517.001.035 84
517.001.036 84
517.001.037 84
517.001.038 84
517.001.039 84
517.001.040 84
517.001.120 106, 111
517.001.130 73
517.001.146 98
517.001.184 99
517.001.196 111
517.001.197 111
517.001.198 111
517.001.199 111
517.001.200 111
517.001.201 110
517.001.202 110
517.001.205 111
517.001.206 111
517.001.207 111
517.001.224 116
517.001.226 116
517.001.230 116
517.001.231 106
517.001.240 116
517.001.242 116
517.001.243 116
517.001.244 110
517.001.245 103, 110
517.001.246 110
517.001.247 103, 111
517.001.248 103, 111
517.001.254 116
517.001.255 116
517.001.256 116
517.001.259 103
517.001.262 116
517.001.263 96
517.001.264 116
517.001.266 96
517.017.005 94
517.017.006 94
517.025.028 84
517.025.029 84
517.025.030 84
517.025.031 84
517.025.033 84
517.025.035 84
517.025.036 84
517.035.007 33
517.035.010 34
517.035.011 34
517.035.014 34
517.035.015 34
517.050.002.A 67
517.050.015 79
517.050.016 80
517.050.017 77
517.050.018 77
517.050.019 77
517.050.022 78
517.050.600 77
517.050.603 81
517.050.604 81
517.050.605 77
517.050.612 81
517.050.614 81
517.201.401 33
518.004.004 63
518.004.005 63
519.001.008 63
525.001.005 146
525.001.006 146
525.001.007 146
525.001.008 146
526.001.016.T 57
526.001.018 58
526.001.019 58
526.001.020 58
527.001.003 57
527.001.013 57, 58
527.001.028 57
540.001.030 142
540.001.031 142
540.001.032 142
540.001.033 142
540.001.038 144
540.001.039 143
540.007.001 58
540.007.002 58
540.007.006 58
540.007.007 58
540.011.012 141
540.011.013 141
541.001.018 146
542.000 17
542.001 17
542.002 16
542.003 20
542.005 20
542.006 12, 13, 22
542.007 12, 18
542.008 12, 28
542.009 19, 27
542.010 12, 22
542.011 12, 37
542.012 19
542.014 23
542.019 24
542.020 25
542.021 25
542.022 25
542.024 27
542.025 12, 22
542.026 12
542.031 28
542.036 12, 38
542.044 13
542.045 20
542.047 28
542.049 28
542.052 28
542.053 28
542.064 22
542.079 28
542.080 12
542.081 12
542.084 13
542.085 13
542.087 13
542.088 20
542.089 20
542.094 46
Stock Code No. Page Stock Code No. Page Stock Code No. Page
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
INDEX
Page 154
542.096 46
542.098 9
542.100 47
542.105 47
542.106 46
542.107 47
542.108 47
545.800.004 30
545.800.033 30
546.004.005 110
552.004 119
552.005 119
552.006 119
552.007 119
552.202.204 5
552.202.205 5
552.202.209 5
555.800.001 29
555.800.002 29
555.800.012 29
555.800.032 29
555.800.042 29
555.800.063 30
555.800.064 30
555.800.065 32
555.800.066 32
555.800.067 32
557.001.040.A 78
557.001.040.Y 78
557.180.005 8, 25
557.180.016 8, 26
557.180.022 7
557.180.052 19
557.180.053 17
557.180.095 33
557.180.096.A 33
557.180.096.T 33
557.180.096.Y 33
557.180.097.A 33
557.180.097.T 33
557.180.097.Y 33
557.180.148.A 44
557.180.151 27
557.180.152 27
557.180.208 28
557.180.209 28
557.180.219 44
557.180.220 27
557.180.239 27
557.180.246 44
557.180.406 7
557.180.423 30
557.180.452 7
557.180.454 7
557.180.699 44
557.180.700 44
557.200.001 6
557.200.002 6
557.200.003 6
557.200.004 6
557.200.005 7
557.200.006 7
557.200.007 7
557.200.008 7
557.200.009 6
557.200.012 8
557.200.013 8
557.200.014 20
557.200.015 20
557.200.016 7
557.200.017 8
557.200.018 8
557.200.019 7
557.200.020 6
557.200.021 6
557.200.022 6
557.200.023 6
557.200.027 9
557.200.029 28
557.200.030 27
557.200.038 44
557.200.200 5
557.200.201 5
557.200.202 5
557.200.203 5
557.200.204 5
557.200.205 5
557.200.206 5
557.200.207 5
557.200.208 5
557.200.209 5
557.200.210 5
557.200.600 10
557.200.601 11
557.200.602 10
557.200.603 10
557.200.604 11
557.200.605 10
557.200.610 10
557.200.611 11
557.200.612 11
557.200.901 38
557.201.209 5, 21
557.201.210 5, 21
557.201.211 5
557.201.216 10
557.201.300 28
557.201.301 28
557.201.302 28
557.201.303 32
557.201.305 28
557.201.306 28
557.201.310 28
557.201.401 32
557.202.000 17
557.202.001 17
557.202.002 16
557.202.003 20
557.202.004 20
557.202.005 20
557.202.006 6, 8, 22
557.202.007 5, 6, 18
557.202.012 19
557.202.013 23
557.202.019 24
557.202.020 5, 25
557.202.021 5, 25
557.202.022 5, 25
557.202.024 5, 27
557.202.025 22
557.202.026 5, 6, 44
557.202.027 20, 21, 29
557.202.028 8
557.202.036 6, 38
557.202.040 20
557.202.043 20
557.202.050 20, 21
557.202.051 23
557.202.055 23
557.202.056 23
557.202.057 23
557.202.058 23
557.202.061 23
557.202.063 23
557.202.064 23
557.202.065 23
557.202.066 23
557.202.067 23
557.202.100 22
557.202.101 23
557.202.103 24
557.202.113 28
557.202.116 6, 28, 38
557.202.117 19, 27
557.202.118 6, 27, 37
557.202.120 45
557.202.121 45
557.202.202 21
557.202.203 21
557.202.206 5
557.202.403 20
557.202.405 20
557.203.001 37
557.203.002 38
557.203.003 37
557.203.004 38
557.203.005 28
557.203.007 40
Stock Code No. Page Stock Code No. Page Stock Code No. Page
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
INDEX
Page 155
557.203.008 103
557.300.001 46
557.300.002 46
557.300.003 46
557.300.004 46
557.300.005 46
557.300.006 46
557.301.005 47
557.301.006 46
557.301.007.N 47
557.301.007.P 46
557.301.011 47
557.301.012 46
557.301.014 27, 47
557.301.101 46
557.301.102 47
558.004.006 64
558.004.008 63
558.004.013 64
558.004.014 64
558.004.015 64
558.004.016 64
561.036 87
561.037 87
561.038 87
561.039 88
561.040 88
561.041 88
561.042 86
561.043 86
561.044 88
561.045 88
561.046 88
561.052 86
562.000 66
562.001 67
562.002 67
562.003 67
562.004 67
562.011 29
562.012 29
562.015 32
562.017 32
567.005.004 145
567.007.008 145
567.007.009 145
568.001.002 145
568.001.007 49, 145
568.001.008 145
568.001.018 78
568.800.003 31
568.800.004 31
568.800.033 31
568.800.034 31
569.001.007 145
571.082 89
571.083 89
571.084 89
571.085 90
571.086 90
571.087 91
571.088 91
571.104 89
572.000 81
572.005 116
572.006 36
572.007 31
572.008 31
572.009 31
572.012 31
572.014 31
572.015 30
572.016 29
572.017 29
572.018 20, 29
572.020 29
572.021 31
572.022 31
572.023 31
572.024 31
572.025 30
572.027 31
572.028 79
572.029 79
572.030 36
572.032 36
572.034 33
572.036 33
572.039 19
572.048 77
572.049 77
572.050 78
572.051 79
572.052 79
572.054 30
572.055 30
572.065 7
573.013.103 49
573.013.301 49
576.500.004.A 127
576.500.004.T 127
576.500.009.A 127
576.500.009.T 127
576.501.001 133
576.501.002 133
576.501.003 133
576.501.005.A 130
576.501.005.T 130
576.501.012 141
576.501.013 103, 133
576.501.016.A 130
576.501.016.T 130
576.501.022.A 128
576.501.022.T 128
576.501.023.A 128
576.501.023.T 128
576.501.025.A 130
576.501.030 137
576.501.031 137
576.501.032.A 132
576.501.032.T 132
576.501.034.A 135
576.501.035.A 135
576.501.038 132
576.501.039.A 127
576.501.039.T 127
576.501.040.A 127
576.501.042 134
576.501.043 140
576.501.044.A 127
576.501.044.T 127
576.501.045 127
576.501.047 132
576.501.101 134
576.501.103 134
576.501.104.A 135
576.501.200 136
576.501.201 136
576.501.202 136
576.501.203 136
576.501.204 136
576.501.205 136
576.501.220 136
576.501.221 136
576.501.224 138
576.501.228 141
576.501.230 141
576.501.240 137
576.501.241 137
576.502.011 133
577.001.002 127
577.001.023 31
577.001.033 31
577.001.035 78, 82, 83
577.001.036 78, 82, 83
577.001.037 78, 82, 83
577.001.038 78, 82, 83
577.002.002 28
577.002.003 28
577.002.007 28
577.002.008 28
577.800.005 31
577.800.011 31
577.800.035 31
577.800.041 31
584.002.001 146
592.001.005 99
592.001.010 99
Stock Code No. Page Stock Code No. Page Stock Code No. Page
Fire Catalogue Issue 5.2 - 2006
INDEX
Page 156
592.001.011 99
592.001.012 99
592.001.014 99
592.001.016 99
592.001.018 99
599.001.012 57
599.047.005 35
599.047.006 35
599.047.007 35
599.047.008 35
599.047.011 35
599.047.012 35
599.047.013 35
599.047.014 35
599.047.015 35
599.047.016 35
599.047.018 35
599.047.019 35
599.047.020 35
599.047.021 35
599.047.022 35
599.047.023 35
599.047.024 35
599.047.030 35
599.047.031 35
599.047.032 35
599.047.033 35
599.048.001 147
599.048.002 147
599.048.003 147
599.048.005 147
599.048.006 147
599.048.009 147
599.048.010 147
599.048.020 147
599.048.022 147
599.048.023 147
599.048.024 147
599.048.032 147
599.048.034 147
599.048.035 147
609.001.015 145
659.001.022 28
70-133 120
90-107 121
90-110 120
920450 112
95-131 121
960673 121
960684 121
960687 121
AM2801/000 73
PBMX01 39
PBMX01E 39
PS-1212 62
PS-12120 62
PS-12170 62
PS-1219 62
PS-12240 62
PS-1230 62
PS-12380 62
PS-1242 62
PS-12650 62
PS-1270 62
PS-610 62
PS-6100 62
PS-612 62
PS-630 62
PS-640 62
PSV001 39
PSV008 39
PSV009 39
PSV010 39
PSV011 39
PSV012 39
PSV013 39
ROSHRDSR 136
Stock Code No. Page Stock Code No. Page Stock Code No. Page